]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
1 | /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
2 | // Name: generic/grid.cpp | |
3 | // Purpose: wxGrid and related classes | |
4 | // Author: Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn) | |
5 | // Modified by: | |
6 | // Created: 1/08/1999 | |
7 | // RCS-ID: $Id$ | |
8 | // Copyright: (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au) | |
9 | // Licence: wxWindows licence | |
10 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
11 | ||
12 | // ============================================================================ | |
13 | // declarations | |
14 | // ============================================================================ | |
15 | ||
16 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
17 | // headers | |
18 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
19 | ||
20 | #ifdef __GNUG__ | |
21 | #pragma implementation "grid.h" | |
22 | #endif | |
23 | ||
24 | // For compilers that support precompilatixon, includes "wx/wx.h". | |
25 | #include "wx/wxprec.h" | |
26 | ||
27 | #include "wx/defs.h" | |
28 | ||
29 | #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
30 | #pragma hdrstop | |
31 | #endif | |
32 | ||
33 | #if wxUSE_GRID | |
34 | ||
35 | #if !defined(wxUSE_NEW_GRID) || !(wxUSE_NEW_GRID) | |
36 | #include "gridg.cpp" | |
37 | #else // wxUSE_NEW_GRID | |
38 | ||
39 | #ifndef WX_PRECOMP | |
40 | #include "wx/utils.h" | |
41 | #include "wx/dcclient.h" | |
42 | #include "wx/settings.h" | |
43 | #include "wx/log.h" | |
44 | #include "wx/textctrl.h" | |
45 | #include "wx/checkbox.h" | |
46 | #include "wx/combobox.h" | |
47 | #include "wx/valtext.h" | |
48 | #endif | |
49 | ||
50 | #include "wx/textfile.h" | |
51 | #include "wx/spinctrl.h" | |
52 | #include "wx/tokenzr.h" | |
53 | ||
54 | #include "wx/grid.h" | |
55 | #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h" | |
56 | ||
57 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
58 | #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) | |
59 | #else | |
60 | #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) identifier | |
61 | #endif | |
62 | ||
63 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) | |
64 | #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) | |
65 | #else | |
66 | #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) identifier | |
67 | #endif | |
68 | ||
69 | // Required for wxIs... functions | |
70 | #include <ctype.h> | |
71 | ||
72 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
73 | // array classes | |
74 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
75 | ||
76 | WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs); | |
77 | ||
78 | struct wxGridCellWithAttr | |
79 | { | |
80 | wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_) | |
81 | : coords(row, col), attr(attr_) | |
82 | { | |
83 | } | |
84 | ||
85 | ~wxGridCellWithAttr() | |
86 | { | |
87 | attr->DecRef(); | |
88 | } | |
89 | ||
90 | wxGridCellCoords coords; | |
91 | wxGridCellAttr *attr; | |
92 | }; | |
93 | ||
94 | WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray); | |
95 | ||
96 | #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp" | |
97 | ||
98 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray) | |
99 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray) | |
100 | ||
101 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
102 | // events | |
103 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
104 | ||
105 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK) | |
106 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK) | |
107 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK) | |
108 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK) | |
109 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK) | |
110 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK) | |
111 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK) | |
112 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK) | |
113 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE) | |
114 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE) | |
115 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT) | |
116 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE) | |
117 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL) | |
118 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) | |
119 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN) | |
120 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED) | |
121 | ||
122 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
123 | // private classes | |
124 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
125 | ||
126 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxWindow | |
127 | { | |
128 | public: | |
129 | wxGridRowLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; } | |
130 | wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
131 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
132 | ||
133 | private: | |
134 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
135 | ||
136 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); | |
137 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
138 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
139 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ); | |
140 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
141 | ||
142 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow) | |
143 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
144 | }; | |
145 | ||
146 | ||
147 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxWindow | |
148 | { | |
149 | public: | |
150 | wxGridColLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; } | |
151 | wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
152 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
153 | ||
154 | private: | |
155 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
156 | ||
157 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event ); | |
158 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
159 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
160 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ); | |
161 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
162 | ||
163 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow) | |
164 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
165 | }; | |
166 | ||
167 | ||
168 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxWindow | |
169 | { | |
170 | public: | |
171 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; } | |
172 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
173 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
174 | ||
175 | private: | |
176 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
177 | ||
178 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
179 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
180 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ); | |
181 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
182 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); | |
183 | ||
184 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow) | |
185 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
186 | }; | |
187 | ||
188 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridWindow : public wxPanel | |
189 | { | |
190 | public: | |
191 | wxGridWindow() | |
192 | { | |
193 | m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; | |
194 | m_rowLabelWin = (wxGridRowLabelWindow *)NULL; | |
195 | m_colLabelWin = (wxGridColLabelWindow *)NULL; | |
196 | } | |
197 | ||
198 | wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
199 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin, | |
200 | wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin, | |
201 | wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
202 | ~wxGridWindow(); | |
203 | ||
204 | void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect ); | |
205 | ||
206 | private: | |
207 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
208 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *m_rowLabelWin; | |
209 | wxGridColLabelWindow *m_colLabelWin; | |
210 | ||
211 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event ); | |
212 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
213 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
214 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
215 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
216 | void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& ); | |
217 | ||
218 | ||
219 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow) | |
220 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
221 | }; | |
222 | ||
223 | ||
224 | ||
225 | class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler | |
226 | { | |
227 | public: | |
228 | wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler() | |
229 | : m_grid(0), m_editor(0) | |
230 | { } | |
231 | wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
232 | : m_grid(grid), m_editor(editor) | |
233 | { } | |
234 | ||
235 | void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event); | |
236 | void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); | |
237 | ||
238 | private: | |
239 | wxGrid* m_grid; | |
240 | wxGridCellEditor* m_editor; | |
241 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler) | |
242 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
243 | }; | |
244 | ||
245 | ||
246 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler ) | |
247 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler ) | |
248 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown ) | |
249 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar ) | |
250 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
251 | ||
252 | ||
253 | ||
254 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
255 | // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider | |
256 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
257 | ||
258 | // this class stores attributes set for cells | |
259 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridCellAttrData | |
260 | { | |
261 | public: | |
262 | void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col); | |
263 | wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const; | |
264 | void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ); | |
265 | void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ); | |
266 | ||
267 | private: | |
268 | // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found | |
269 | int FindIndex(int row, int col) const; | |
270 | ||
271 | wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs; | |
272 | }; | |
273 | ||
274 | // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns | |
275 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridRowOrColAttrData | |
276 | { | |
277 | public: | |
278 | // empty ctor to suppress warnings | |
279 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData() { } | |
280 | ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData(); | |
281 | ||
282 | void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol); | |
283 | wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const; | |
284 | void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols ); | |
285 | ||
286 | private: | |
287 | wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols; | |
288 | wxArrayAttrs m_attrs; | |
289 | }; | |
290 | ||
291 | // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell | |
292 | // attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones | |
293 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridCellAttrProviderData | |
294 | { | |
295 | public: | |
296 | wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs; | |
297 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs, | |
298 | m_colAttrs; | |
299 | }; | |
300 | ||
301 | ||
302 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
303 | // data structures used for the data type registry | |
304 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
305 | ||
306 | struct wxGridDataTypeInfo | |
307 | { | |
308 | wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName, | |
309 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
310 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
311 | : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor) | |
312 | { } | |
313 | ||
314 | ~wxGridDataTypeInfo() | |
315 | { | |
316 | wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer); | |
317 | wxSafeDecRef(m_editor); | |
318 | } | |
319 | ||
320 | wxString m_typeName; | |
321 | wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer; | |
322 | wxGridCellEditor* m_editor; | |
323 | }; | |
324 | ||
325 | ||
326 | WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray); | |
327 | ||
328 | ||
329 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridTypeRegistry | |
330 | { | |
331 | public: | |
332 | wxGridTypeRegistry() {} | |
333 | ~wxGridTypeRegistry(); | |
334 | ||
335 | void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
336 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
337 | wxGridCellEditor* editor); | |
338 | ||
339 | // find one of already registered data types | |
340 | int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
341 | ||
342 | // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of | |
343 | // standard typenames, register it and return its index | |
344 | int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
345 | ||
346 | // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already | |
347 | // registered data types with some params in which case clone the | |
348 | // registered data type and set params for it | |
349 | int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
350 | ||
351 | wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index); | |
352 | wxGridCellEditor* GetEditor(int index); | |
353 | ||
354 | private: | |
355 | wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo; | |
356 | }; | |
357 | ||
358 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
359 | // conditional compilation | |
360 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
361 | ||
362 | #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES | |
363 | #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1 | |
364 | #endif | |
365 | ||
366 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
367 | // globals | |
368 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
369 | ||
370 | //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
371 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
372 | static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0; | |
373 | static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0; | |
374 | #endif // DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
375 | ||
376 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
377 | // constants | |
378 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
379 | ||
380 | wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 ); | |
381 | wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); | |
382 | ||
383 | // scroll line size | |
384 | // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx | |
385 | // calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars | |
386 | // sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa | |
387 | // | |
388 | // The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is | |
389 | // surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!! | |
390 | // -- Robin | |
391 | static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE = 15; // 1; | |
392 | ||
393 | ||
394 | // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements | |
395 | // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns) | |
396 | static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100; | |
397 | ||
398 | // ============================================================================ | |
399 | // implementation | |
400 | // ============================================================================ | |
401 | ||
402 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
403 | // wxGridCellEditor | |
404 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
405 | ||
406 | wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor() | |
407 | { | |
408 | m_control = NULL; | |
409 | } | |
410 | ||
411 | ||
412 | wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor() | |
413 | { | |
414 | Destroy(); | |
415 | } | |
416 | ||
417 | void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent), | |
418 | wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id), | |
419 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
420 | { | |
421 | if ( evtHandler ) | |
422 | m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler); | |
423 | } | |
424 | ||
425 | void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, | |
426 | wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
427 | { | |
428 | // erase the background because we might not fill the cell | |
429 | wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent()); | |
430 | dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); | |
431 | dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID)); | |
432 | dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell); | |
433 | ||
434 | // redraw the control we just painted over | |
435 | m_control->Refresh(); | |
436 | } | |
437 | ||
438 | void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy() | |
439 | { | |
440 | if (m_control) | |
441 | { | |
442 | m_control->PopEventHandler(TRUE /* delete it*/); | |
443 | ||
444 | m_control->Destroy(); | |
445 | m_control = NULL; | |
446 | } | |
447 | } | |
448 | ||
449 | void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
450 | { | |
451 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
452 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
453 | m_control->Show(show); | |
454 | ||
455 | if ( show ) | |
456 | { | |
457 | // set the colours/fonts if we have any | |
458 | if ( attr ) | |
459 | { | |
460 | m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour(); | |
461 | m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour()); | |
462 | ||
463 | m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
464 | m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour()); | |
465 | ||
466 | m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont(); | |
467 | m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont()); | |
468 | ||
469 | // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other | |
470 | // attributes may only be used by the derived classes | |
471 | } | |
472 | } | |
473 | else | |
474 | { | |
475 | // restore the standard colours fonts | |
476 | if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() ) | |
477 | { | |
478 | m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld); | |
479 | m_colFgOld = wxNullColour; | |
480 | } | |
481 | ||
482 | if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() ) | |
483 | { | |
484 | m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld); | |
485 | m_colBgOld = wxNullColour; | |
486 | } | |
487 | ||
488 | if ( m_fontOld.Ok() ) | |
489 | { | |
490 | m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld); | |
491 | m_fontOld = wxNullFont; | |
492 | } | |
493 | } | |
494 | } | |
495 | ||
496 | void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect) | |
497 | { | |
498 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
499 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
500 | m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE); | |
501 | } | |
502 | ||
503 | void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
504 | { | |
505 | event.Skip(); | |
506 | } | |
507 | ||
508 | bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
509 | { | |
510 | // accept the simple key presses, not anything with Ctrl/Alt/Meta | |
511 | return !(event.ControlDown() || event.AltDown()); | |
512 | } | |
513 | ||
514 | void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
515 | { | |
516 | event.Skip(); | |
517 | } | |
518 | ||
519 | void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick() | |
520 | { | |
521 | } | |
522 | ||
523 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
524 | ||
525 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
526 | // wxGridCellTextEditor | |
527 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
528 | ||
529 | wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor() | |
530 | { | |
531 | m_maxChars = 0; | |
532 | } | |
533 | ||
534 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
535 | wxWindowID id, | |
536 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
537 | { | |
538 | m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
539 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize | |
540 | #if defined(__WXMSW__) | |
541 | , wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxTE_MULTILINE | | |
542 | wxTE_NO_VSCROLL | wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL | |
543 | #endif | |
544 | ); | |
545 | ||
546 | // TODO: use m_maxChars | |
547 | ||
548 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
549 | } | |
550 | ||
551 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell), | |
552 | wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr)) | |
553 | { | |
554 | // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize | |
555 | // flicker | |
556 | } | |
557 | ||
558 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig) | |
559 | { | |
560 | wxRect rect(rectOrig); | |
561 | ||
562 | // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal | |
563 | // margins | |
564 | // | |
565 | // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for | |
566 | // unix | |
567 | // | |
568 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) | |
569 | if (rect.x != 0) | |
570 | { | |
571 | rect.x += 1; | |
572 | rect.y += 1; | |
573 | rect.width -= 1; | |
574 | rect.height -= 1; | |
575 | } | |
576 | #else // !GTK | |
577 | int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 )? 2 : 1; | |
578 | ||
579 | // MB: treat MSW separately here otherwise the caret doesn't show | |
580 | // when the editor is in the first row. | |
581 | #if defined(__WXMSW__) | |
582 | int extra_y = 2; | |
583 | #else | |
584 | int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 )? 2 : 1; | |
585 | #endif // MSW | |
586 | ||
587 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
588 | extra_x *= 2; | |
589 | extra_y *= 2; | |
590 | #endif | |
591 | rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) ); | |
592 | rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) ); | |
593 | rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2*extra_x ); | |
594 | rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2*extra_y ); | |
595 | #endif // GTK/!GTK | |
596 | ||
597 | wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect); | |
598 | } | |
599 | ||
600 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
601 | { | |
602 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
603 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
604 | ||
605 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col); | |
606 | ||
607 | DoBeginEdit(m_startValue); | |
608 | } | |
609 | ||
610 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue) | |
611 | { | |
612 | Text()->SetValue(startValue); | |
613 | Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
614 | Text()->SetFocus(); | |
615 | } | |
616 | ||
617 | bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
618 | wxGrid* grid) | |
619 | { | |
620 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
621 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
622 | ||
623 | bool changed = FALSE; | |
624 | wxString value = Text()->GetValue(); | |
625 | if (value != m_startValue) | |
626 | changed = TRUE; | |
627 | ||
628 | if (changed) | |
629 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value); | |
630 | ||
631 | m_startValue = wxEmptyString; | |
632 | Text()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
633 | ||
634 | return changed; | |
635 | } | |
636 | ||
637 | ||
638 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset() | |
639 | { | |
640 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
641 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
642 | ||
643 | DoReset(m_startValue); | |
644 | } | |
645 | ||
646 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue) | |
647 | { | |
648 | Text()->SetValue(startValue); | |
649 | Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
650 | } | |
651 | ||
652 | bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
653 | { | |
654 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
655 | { | |
656 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
657 | switch ( keycode ) | |
658 | { | |
659 | case WXK_NUMPAD0: | |
660 | case WXK_NUMPAD1: | |
661 | case WXK_NUMPAD2: | |
662 | case WXK_NUMPAD3: | |
663 | case WXK_NUMPAD4: | |
664 | case WXK_NUMPAD5: | |
665 | case WXK_NUMPAD6: | |
666 | case WXK_NUMPAD7: | |
667 | case WXK_NUMPAD8: | |
668 | case WXK_NUMPAD9: | |
669 | case WXK_MULTIPLY: | |
670 | case WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY: | |
671 | case WXK_ADD: | |
672 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD: | |
673 | case WXK_SUBTRACT: | |
674 | case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT: | |
675 | case WXK_DECIMAL: | |
676 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL: | |
677 | case WXK_DIVIDE: | |
678 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE: | |
679 | return TRUE; | |
680 | ||
681 | default: | |
682 | // accept 8 bit chars too if isprint() agrees | |
683 | if ( (keycode < 255) && (isprint(keycode)) ) | |
684 | return TRUE; | |
685 | } | |
686 | } | |
687 | ||
688 | return FALSE; | |
689 | } | |
690 | ||
691 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
692 | { | |
693 | // we don't check for !HasModifiers() because IsAcceptedKey() did it | |
694 | ||
695 | // insert the key in the control | |
696 | wxChar ch; | |
697 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
698 | switch ( keycode ) | |
699 | { | |
700 | case WXK_NUMPAD0: | |
701 | case WXK_NUMPAD1: | |
702 | case WXK_NUMPAD2: | |
703 | case WXK_NUMPAD3: | |
704 | case WXK_NUMPAD4: | |
705 | case WXK_NUMPAD5: | |
706 | case WXK_NUMPAD6: | |
707 | case WXK_NUMPAD7: | |
708 | case WXK_NUMPAD8: | |
709 | case WXK_NUMPAD9: | |
710 | ch = _T('0') + keycode - WXK_NUMPAD0; | |
711 | break; | |
712 | ||
713 | case WXK_MULTIPLY: | |
714 | case WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY: | |
715 | ch = _T('*'); | |
716 | break; | |
717 | ||
718 | case WXK_ADD: | |
719 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD: | |
720 | ch = _T('+'); | |
721 | break; | |
722 | ||
723 | case WXK_SUBTRACT: | |
724 | case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT: | |
725 | ch = _T('-'); | |
726 | break; | |
727 | ||
728 | case WXK_DECIMAL: | |
729 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL: | |
730 | ch = _T('.'); | |
731 | break; | |
732 | ||
733 | case WXK_DIVIDE: | |
734 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE: | |
735 | ch = _T('/'); | |
736 | break; | |
737 | ||
738 | default: | |
739 | if ( keycode < 256 && keycode >= 0 && isprint(keycode) ) | |
740 | { | |
741 | // FIXME this is not going to work for non letters... | |
742 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() ) | |
743 | { | |
744 | keycode = tolower(keycode); | |
745 | } | |
746 | ||
747 | ch = (wxChar)keycode; | |
748 | } | |
749 | else | |
750 | { | |
751 | ch = _T('\0'); | |
752 | } | |
753 | } | |
754 | ||
755 | if ( ch ) | |
756 | { | |
757 | Text()->AppendText(ch); | |
758 | } | |
759 | else | |
760 | { | |
761 | event.Skip(); | |
762 | } | |
763 | } | |
764 | ||
765 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent& | |
766 | WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) ) | |
767 | { | |
768 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) | |
769 | // wxMotif needs a little extra help... | |
770 | size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() ); | |
771 | wxString s( Text()->GetValue() ); | |
772 | s = s.Left(pos) + "\n" + s.Mid(pos); | |
773 | Text()->SetValue(s); | |
774 | Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos ); | |
775 | #else | |
776 | // the other ports can handle a Return key press | |
777 | // | |
778 | event.Skip(); | |
779 | #endif | |
780 | } | |
781 | ||
782 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
783 | { | |
784 | if ( !params ) | |
785 | { | |
786 | // reset to default | |
787 | m_maxChars = 0; | |
788 | } | |
789 | else | |
790 | { | |
791 | long tmp; | |
792 | if ( !params.ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
793 | { | |
794 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
795 | } | |
796 | else | |
797 | { | |
798 | m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp; | |
799 | } | |
800 | } | |
801 | } | |
802 | ||
803 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
804 | // wxGridCellNumberEditor | |
805 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
806 | ||
807 | wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max) | |
808 | { | |
809 | m_min = min; | |
810 | m_max = max; | |
811 | } | |
812 | ||
813 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
814 | wxWindowID id, | |
815 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
816 | { | |
817 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
818 | { | |
819 | // create a spin ctrl | |
820 | m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, -1, wxEmptyString, | |
821 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
822 | wxSP_ARROW_KEYS, | |
823 | m_min, m_max); | |
824 | ||
825 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
826 | } | |
827 | else | |
828 | { | |
829 | // just a text control | |
830 | wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
831 | ||
832 | #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS | |
833 | Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC)); | |
834 | #endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS | |
835 | } | |
836 | } | |
837 | ||
838 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
839 | { | |
840 | // first get the value | |
841 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable(); | |
842 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) | |
843 | { | |
844 | m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col); | |
845 | } | |
846 | else | |
847 | { | |
848 | wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
849 | if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld)) | |
850 | { | |
851 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") ); | |
852 | return; | |
853 | } | |
854 | } | |
855 | ||
856 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
857 | { | |
858 | Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld); | |
859 | Spin()->SetFocus(); | |
860 | } | |
861 | else | |
862 | { | |
863 | DoBeginEdit(GetString()); | |
864 | } | |
865 | } | |
866 | ||
867 | bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
868 | wxGrid* grid) | |
869 | { | |
870 | bool changed; | |
871 | long value; | |
872 | ||
873 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
874 | { | |
875 | value = Spin()->GetValue(); | |
876 | changed = value != m_valueOld; | |
877 | } | |
878 | else | |
879 | { | |
880 | changed = Text()->GetValue().ToLong(&value) && (value != m_valueOld); | |
881 | } | |
882 | ||
883 | if ( changed ) | |
884 | { | |
885 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER)) | |
886 | grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value); | |
887 | else | |
888 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value)); | |
889 | } | |
890 | ||
891 | return changed; | |
892 | } | |
893 | ||
894 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset() | |
895 | { | |
896 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
897 | { | |
898 | Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld); | |
899 | } | |
900 | else | |
901 | { | |
902 | DoReset(GetString()); | |
903 | } | |
904 | } | |
905 | ||
906 | bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
907 | { | |
908 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
909 | { | |
910 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
911 | switch ( keycode ) | |
912 | { | |
913 | case WXK_NUMPAD0: | |
914 | case WXK_NUMPAD1: | |
915 | case WXK_NUMPAD2: | |
916 | case WXK_NUMPAD3: | |
917 | case WXK_NUMPAD4: | |
918 | case WXK_NUMPAD5: | |
919 | case WXK_NUMPAD6: | |
920 | case WXK_NUMPAD7: | |
921 | case WXK_NUMPAD8: | |
922 | case WXK_NUMPAD9: | |
923 | case WXK_ADD: | |
924 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD: | |
925 | case WXK_SUBTRACT: | |
926 | case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT: | |
927 | case WXK_UP: | |
928 | case WXK_DOWN: | |
929 | return TRUE; | |
930 | ||
931 | default: | |
932 | if ( (keycode < 128) && isdigit(keycode) ) | |
933 | return TRUE; | |
934 | } | |
935 | } | |
936 | ||
937 | return FALSE; | |
938 | } | |
939 | ||
940 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
941 | { | |
942 | if ( !HasRange() ) | |
943 | { | |
944 | int keycode = (int) event.KeyCode(); | |
945 | if ( isdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-' ) | |
946 | { | |
947 | wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event); | |
948 | ||
949 | // skip Skip() below | |
950 | return; | |
951 | } | |
952 | } | |
953 | ||
954 | event.Skip(); | |
955 | } | |
956 | ||
957 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
958 | { | |
959 | if ( !params ) | |
960 | { | |
961 | // reset to default | |
962 | m_min = | |
963 | m_max = -1; | |
964 | } | |
965 | else | |
966 | { | |
967 | long tmp; | |
968 | if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
969 | { | |
970 | m_min = (int)tmp; | |
971 | ||
972 | if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
973 | { | |
974 | m_max = (int)tmp; | |
975 | ||
976 | // skip the error message below | |
977 | return; | |
978 | } | |
979 | } | |
980 | ||
981 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
982 | } | |
983 | } | |
984 | ||
985 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
986 | // wxGridCellFloatEditor | |
987 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
988 | ||
989 | wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision) | |
990 | { | |
991 | m_width = width; | |
992 | m_precision = precision; | |
993 | } | |
994 | ||
995 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
996 | wxWindowID id, | |
997 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
998 | { | |
999 | wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1000 | ||
1001 | #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS | |
1002 | Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC)); | |
1003 | #endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS | |
1004 | } | |
1005 | ||
1006 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1007 | { | |
1008 | // first get the value | |
1009 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable(); | |
1010 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) ) | |
1011 | { | |
1012 | m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col); | |
1013 | } | |
1014 | else | |
1015 | { | |
1016 | wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
1017 | if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld)) | |
1018 | { | |
1019 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") ); | |
1020 | return; | |
1021 | } | |
1022 | } | |
1023 | ||
1024 | DoBeginEdit(GetString()); | |
1025 | } | |
1026 | ||
1027 | bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
1028 | wxGrid* grid) | |
1029 | { | |
1030 | double value; | |
1031 | if ( Text()->GetValue().ToDouble(&value) && (value != m_valueOld) ) | |
1032 | { | |
1033 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT)) | |
1034 | grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value); | |
1035 | else | |
1036 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, wxString::Format(wxT("%f"), value)); | |
1037 | ||
1038 | return TRUE; | |
1039 | } | |
1040 | else | |
1041 | { | |
1042 | return FALSE; | |
1043 | } | |
1044 | } | |
1045 | ||
1046 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset() | |
1047 | { | |
1048 | DoReset(GetString()); | |
1049 | } | |
1050 | ||
1051 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1052 | { | |
1053 | int keycode = (int)event.KeyCode(); | |
1054 | if ( isdigit(keycode) || | |
1055 | keycode == '+' || keycode == '-' || keycode == '.' ) | |
1056 | { | |
1057 | wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event); | |
1058 | ||
1059 | // skip Skip() below | |
1060 | return; | |
1061 | } | |
1062 | ||
1063 | event.Skip(); | |
1064 | } | |
1065 | ||
1066 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
1067 | { | |
1068 | if ( !params ) | |
1069 | { | |
1070 | // reset to default | |
1071 | m_width = | |
1072 | m_precision = -1; | |
1073 | } | |
1074 | else | |
1075 | { | |
1076 | long tmp; | |
1077 | if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
1078 | { | |
1079 | m_width = (int)tmp; | |
1080 | ||
1081 | if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
1082 | { | |
1083 | m_precision = (int)tmp; | |
1084 | ||
1085 | // skip the error message below | |
1086 | return; | |
1087 | } | |
1088 | } | |
1089 | ||
1090 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
1091 | } | |
1092 | } | |
1093 | ||
1094 | wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const | |
1095 | { | |
1096 | wxString fmt; | |
1097 | if ( m_width == -1 ) | |
1098 | { | |
1099 | // default width/precision | |
1100 | fmt = _T("%g"); | |
1101 | } | |
1102 | else if ( m_precision == -1 ) | |
1103 | { | |
1104 | // default precision | |
1105 | fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.g"), m_width); | |
1106 | } | |
1107 | else | |
1108 | { | |
1109 | fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%dg"), m_width, m_precision); | |
1110 | } | |
1111 | ||
1112 | return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld); | |
1113 | } | |
1114 | ||
1115 | bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1116 | { | |
1117 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
1118 | { | |
1119 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1120 | switch ( keycode ) | |
1121 | { | |
1122 | case WXK_NUMPAD0: | |
1123 | case WXK_NUMPAD1: | |
1124 | case WXK_NUMPAD2: | |
1125 | case WXK_NUMPAD3: | |
1126 | case WXK_NUMPAD4: | |
1127 | case WXK_NUMPAD5: | |
1128 | case WXK_NUMPAD6: | |
1129 | case WXK_NUMPAD7: | |
1130 | case WXK_NUMPAD8: | |
1131 | case WXK_NUMPAD9: | |
1132 | case WXK_ADD: | |
1133 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD: | |
1134 | case WXK_SUBTRACT: | |
1135 | case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT: | |
1136 | case WXK_DECIMAL: | |
1137 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL: | |
1138 | return TRUE; | |
1139 | ||
1140 | default: | |
1141 | // additionally accept 'e' as in '1e+6' | |
1142 | if ( (keycode < 128) && | |
1143 | (isdigit(keycode) || tolower(keycode) == 'e') ) | |
1144 | return TRUE; | |
1145 | } | |
1146 | } | |
1147 | ||
1148 | return FALSE; | |
1149 | } | |
1150 | ||
1151 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
1152 | ||
1153 | #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
1154 | ||
1155 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1156 | // wxGridCellBoolEditor | |
1157 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1158 | ||
1159 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
1160 | wxWindowID id, | |
1161 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
1162 | { | |
1163 | m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
1164 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
1165 | wxNO_BORDER); | |
1166 | ||
1167 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1168 | } | |
1169 | ||
1170 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r) | |
1171 | { | |
1172 | bool resize = FALSE; | |
1173 | wxSize size = m_control->GetSize(); | |
1174 | wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height); | |
1175 | ||
1176 | // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell | |
1177 | wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize(); | |
1178 | if ( !(size == sizeBest) ) | |
1179 | { | |
1180 | // reset to default size if it had been made smaller | |
1181 | size = sizeBest; | |
1182 | ||
1183 | resize = TRUE; | |
1184 | } | |
1185 | ||
1186 | if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize ) | |
1187 | { | |
1188 | // leave 1 pixel margin | |
1189 | size.x = size.y = minSize - 2; | |
1190 | ||
1191 | resize = TRUE; | |
1192 | } | |
1193 | ||
1194 | if ( resize ) | |
1195 | { | |
1196 | m_control->SetSize(size); | |
1197 | } | |
1198 | ||
1199 | // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?) | |
1200 | ||
1201 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__) | |
1202 | // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK, | |
1203 | // so shift it to the right | |
1204 | size.x -= 8; | |
1205 | #elif defined(__WXMSW__) | |
1206 | // here too, but in other way | |
1207 | size.x += 1; | |
1208 | size.y -= 2; | |
1209 | #endif | |
1210 | ||
1211 | m_control->Move(r.x + r.width/2 - size.x/2, r.y + r.height/2 - size.y/2); | |
1212 | } | |
1213 | ||
1214 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
1215 | { | |
1216 | m_control->Show(show); | |
1217 | ||
1218 | if ( show ) | |
1219 | { | |
1220 | wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY; | |
1221 | CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg); | |
1222 | } | |
1223 | } | |
1224 | ||
1225 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1226 | { | |
1227 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1228 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
1229 | ||
1230 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL)) | |
1231 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col); | |
1232 | else | |
1233 | { | |
1234 | wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) ); | |
1235 | m_startValue = !( !cellval || (cellval == "0") ); | |
1236 | } | |
1237 | CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1238 | CBox()->SetFocus(); | |
1239 | } | |
1240 | ||
1241 | bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
1242 | wxGrid* grid) | |
1243 | { | |
1244 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1245 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
1246 | ||
1247 | bool changed = FALSE; | |
1248 | bool value = CBox()->GetValue(); | |
1249 | if ( value != m_startValue ) | |
1250 | changed = TRUE; | |
1251 | ||
1252 | if ( changed ) | |
1253 | { | |
1254 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL)) | |
1255 | grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value); | |
1256 | else | |
1257 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString); | |
1258 | } | |
1259 | ||
1260 | return changed; | |
1261 | } | |
1262 | ||
1263 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset() | |
1264 | { | |
1265 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1266 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
1267 | ||
1268 | CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1269 | } | |
1270 | ||
1271 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick() | |
1272 | { | |
1273 | CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue()); | |
1274 | } | |
1275 | ||
1276 | bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1277 | { | |
1278 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
1279 | { | |
1280 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1281 | switch ( keycode ) | |
1282 | { | |
1283 | case WXK_MULTIPLY: | |
1284 | case WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY: | |
1285 | case WXK_ADD: | |
1286 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD: | |
1287 | case WXK_SUBTRACT: | |
1288 | case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT: | |
1289 | case WXK_SPACE: | |
1290 | case '+': | |
1291 | case '-': | |
1292 | return TRUE; | |
1293 | } | |
1294 | } | |
1295 | ||
1296 | return FALSE; | |
1297 | } | |
1298 | ||
1299 | #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
1300 | ||
1301 | #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
1302 | ||
1303 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1304 | // wxGridCellChoiceEditor | |
1305 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1306 | ||
1307 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count, | |
1308 | const wxString choices[], | |
1309 | bool allowOthers) | |
1310 | : m_allowOthers(allowOthers) | |
1311 | { | |
1312 | if ( count ) | |
1313 | { | |
1314 | m_choices.Alloc(count); | |
1315 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
1316 | { | |
1317 | m_choices.Add(choices[n]); | |
1318 | } | |
1319 | } | |
1320 | } | |
1321 | ||
1322 | wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const | |
1323 | { | |
1324 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor; | |
1325 | editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers; | |
1326 | editor->m_choices = m_choices; | |
1327 | ||
1328 | return editor; | |
1329 | } | |
1330 | ||
1331 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
1332 | wxWindowID id, | |
1333 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
1334 | { | |
1335 | size_t count = m_choices.GetCount(); | |
1336 | wxString *choices = new wxString[count]; | |
1337 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
1338 | { | |
1339 | choices[n] = m_choices[n]; | |
1340 | } | |
1341 | ||
1342 | m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
1343 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
1344 | count, choices, | |
1345 | m_allowOthers ? 0 : wxCB_READONLY); | |
1346 | ||
1347 | delete [] choices; | |
1348 | ||
1349 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1350 | } | |
1351 | ||
1352 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1353 | wxGridCellAttr * attr) | |
1354 | { | |
1355 | // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize | |
1356 | // flicker | |
1357 | ||
1358 | // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a | |
1359 | // combo always defaults to the standard... Until someone has time to | |
1360 | // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way... | |
1361 | wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr); | |
1362 | } | |
1363 | ||
1364 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1365 | { | |
1366 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1367 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
1368 | ||
1369 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col); | |
1370 | ||
1371 | Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1372 | size_t count = m_choices.GetCount(); | |
1373 | for (size_t i=0; i<count; i++) | |
1374 | { | |
1375 | if (m_startValue == m_choices[i]) | |
1376 | { | |
1377 | Combo()->SetSelection(i); | |
1378 | break; | |
1379 | } | |
1380 | } | |
1381 | Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
1382 | Combo()->SetFocus(); | |
1383 | } | |
1384 | ||
1385 | bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
1386 | wxGrid* grid) | |
1387 | { | |
1388 | wxString value = Combo()->GetValue(); | |
1389 | bool changed = value != m_startValue; | |
1390 | ||
1391 | if ( changed ) | |
1392 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value); | |
1393 | ||
1394 | m_startValue = wxEmptyString; | |
1395 | Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1396 | ||
1397 | return changed; | |
1398 | } | |
1399 | ||
1400 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset() | |
1401 | { | |
1402 | Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1403 | Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
1404 | } | |
1405 | ||
1406 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
1407 | { | |
1408 | if ( !params ) | |
1409 | { | |
1410 | // what can we do? | |
1411 | return; | |
1412 | } | |
1413 | ||
1414 | m_choices.Empty(); | |
1415 | ||
1416 | wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(',')); | |
1417 | while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() ) | |
1418 | { | |
1419 | m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken()); | |
1420 | } | |
1421 | } | |
1422 | ||
1423 | #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
1424 | ||
1425 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1426 | // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler | |
1427 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1428 | ||
1429 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1430 | { | |
1431 | switch ( event.KeyCode() ) | |
1432 | { | |
1433 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
1434 | m_editor->Reset(); | |
1435 | m_grid->DisableCellEditControl(); | |
1436 | break; | |
1437 | ||
1438 | case WXK_TAB: | |
1439 | m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); | |
1440 | break; | |
1441 | ||
1442 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
1443 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: | |
1444 | if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event)) | |
1445 | m_editor->HandleReturn(event); | |
1446 | break; | |
1447 | ||
1448 | ||
1449 | default: | |
1450 | event.Skip(); | |
1451 | } | |
1452 | } | |
1453 | ||
1454 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1455 | { | |
1456 | switch ( event.KeyCode() ) | |
1457 | { | |
1458 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
1459 | case WXK_TAB: | |
1460 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
1461 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: | |
1462 | break; | |
1463 | ||
1464 | default: | |
1465 | event.Skip(); | |
1466 | } | |
1467 | } | |
1468 | ||
1469 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1470 | // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for | |
1471 | // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting | |
1472 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1473 | ||
1474 | void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params)) | |
1475 | { | |
1476 | // nothing to do | |
1477 | } | |
1478 | ||
1479 | wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker() | |
1480 | { | |
1481 | } | |
1482 | ||
1483 | // ============================================================================ | |
1484 | // renderer classes | |
1485 | // ============================================================================ | |
1486 | ||
1487 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1488 | // wxGridCellRenderer | |
1489 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1490 | ||
1491 | void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1492 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1493 | wxDC& dc, | |
1494 | const wxRect& rect, | |
1495 | int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
1496 | bool isSelected) | |
1497 | { | |
1498 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxSOLID ); | |
1499 | ||
1500 | if ( isSelected ) | |
1501 | { | |
1502 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(grid.GetSelectionBackground(), wxSOLID) ); | |
1503 | } | |
1504 | else | |
1505 | { | |
1506 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) ); | |
1507 | } | |
1508 | ||
1509 | dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); | |
1510 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
1511 | } | |
1512 | ||
1513 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1514 | // wxGridCellStringRenderer | |
1515 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1516 | ||
1517 | void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(wxGrid& grid, | |
1518 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1519 | wxDC& dc, | |
1520 | bool isSelected) | |
1521 | { | |
1522 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); | |
1523 | ||
1524 | // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case? | |
1525 | ||
1526 | if ( isSelected ) | |
1527 | { | |
1528 | dc.SetTextBackground( grid.GetSelectionBackground() ); | |
1529 | dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() ); | |
1530 | } | |
1531 | else | |
1532 | { | |
1533 | dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() ); | |
1534 | dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() ); | |
1535 | } | |
1536 | ||
1537 | dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() ); | |
1538 | } | |
1539 | ||
1540 | wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1541 | wxDC& dc, | |
1542 | const wxString& text) | |
1543 | { | |
1544 | wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0; | |
1545 | dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont()); | |
1546 | wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n')); | |
1547 | while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() ) | |
1548 | { | |
1549 | dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y); | |
1550 | max_x = wxMax(max_x, x); | |
1551 | } | |
1552 | ||
1553 | y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines. | |
1554 | ||
1555 | return wxSize(max_x, y); | |
1556 | } | |
1557 | ||
1558 | wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
1559 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1560 | wxDC& dc, | |
1561 | int row, int col) | |
1562 | { | |
1563 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col)); | |
1564 | } | |
1565 | ||
1566 | void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1567 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1568 | wxDC& dc, | |
1569 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1570 | int row, int col, | |
1571 | bool isSelected) | |
1572 | { | |
1573 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
1574 | ||
1575 | // now we only have to draw the text | |
1576 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
1577 | ||
1578 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
1579 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
1580 | ||
1581 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
1582 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
1583 | ||
1584 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col), | |
1585 | rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
1586 | } | |
1587 | ||
1588 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1589 | // wxGridCellNumberRenderer | |
1590 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1591 | ||
1592 | wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(wxGrid& grid, int row, int col) | |
1593 | { | |
1594 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable(); | |
1595 | wxString text; | |
1596 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) | |
1597 | { | |
1598 | text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col)); | |
1599 | } | |
1600 | else | |
1601 | { | |
1602 | text = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
1603 | } | |
1604 | ||
1605 | return text; | |
1606 | } | |
1607 | ||
1608 | void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1609 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1610 | wxDC& dc, | |
1611 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1612 | int row, int col, | |
1613 | bool isSelected) | |
1614 | { | |
1615 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
1616 | ||
1617 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
1618 | ||
1619 | // draw the text right aligned by default | |
1620 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
1621 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
1622 | hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT; | |
1623 | ||
1624 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
1625 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
1626 | ||
1627 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
1628 | } | |
1629 | ||
1630 | wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
1631 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1632 | wxDC& dc, | |
1633 | int row, int col) | |
1634 | { | |
1635 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col)); | |
1636 | } | |
1637 | ||
1638 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1639 | // wxGridCellFloatRenderer | |
1640 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1641 | ||
1642 | wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision) | |
1643 | { | |
1644 | SetWidth(width); | |
1645 | SetPrecision(precision); | |
1646 | } | |
1647 | ||
1648 | wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const | |
1649 | { | |
1650 | wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer; | |
1651 | renderer->m_width = m_width; | |
1652 | renderer->m_precision = m_precision; | |
1653 | renderer->m_format = m_format; | |
1654 | ||
1655 | return renderer; | |
1656 | } | |
1657 | ||
1658 | wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(wxGrid& grid, int row, int col) | |
1659 | { | |
1660 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable(); | |
1661 | ||
1662 | bool hasDouble; | |
1663 | double val; | |
1664 | wxString text; | |
1665 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) ) | |
1666 | { | |
1667 | val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col); | |
1668 | hasDouble = TRUE; | |
1669 | } | |
1670 | else | |
1671 | { | |
1672 | text = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
1673 | hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val); | |
1674 | } | |
1675 | ||
1676 | if ( hasDouble ) | |
1677 | { | |
1678 | if ( !m_format ) | |
1679 | { | |
1680 | if ( m_width == -1 ) | |
1681 | { | |
1682 | if ( m_precision == -1 ) | |
1683 | { | |
1684 | // default width/precision | |
1685 | m_format = _T("%f"); | |
1686 | } | |
1687 | else | |
1688 | { | |
1689 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision); | |
1690 | } | |
1691 | } | |
1692 | else if ( m_precision == -1 ) | |
1693 | { | |
1694 | // default precision | |
1695 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width); | |
1696 | } | |
1697 | else | |
1698 | { | |
1699 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision); | |
1700 | } | |
1701 | } | |
1702 | ||
1703 | text.Printf(m_format, val); | |
1704 | ||
1705 | } | |
1706 | //else: text already contains the string | |
1707 | ||
1708 | return text; | |
1709 | } | |
1710 | ||
1711 | void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1712 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1713 | wxDC& dc, | |
1714 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1715 | int row, int col, | |
1716 | bool isSelected) | |
1717 | { | |
1718 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
1719 | ||
1720 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
1721 | ||
1722 | // draw the text right aligned by default | |
1723 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
1724 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
1725 | hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT; | |
1726 | ||
1727 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
1728 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
1729 | ||
1730 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
1731 | } | |
1732 | ||
1733 | wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
1734 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1735 | wxDC& dc, | |
1736 | int row, int col) | |
1737 | { | |
1738 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col)); | |
1739 | } | |
1740 | ||
1741 | void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
1742 | { | |
1743 | if ( !params ) | |
1744 | { | |
1745 | // reset to defaults | |
1746 | SetWidth(-1); | |
1747 | SetPrecision(-1); | |
1748 | } | |
1749 | else | |
1750 | { | |
1751 | wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')); | |
1752 | if ( !!tmp ) | |
1753 | { | |
1754 | long width; | |
1755 | if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) ) | |
1756 | { | |
1757 | SetWidth((int)width); | |
1758 | } | |
1759 | else | |
1760 | { | |
1761 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
1762 | } | |
1763 | ||
1764 | } | |
1765 | tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(',')); | |
1766 | if ( !!tmp ) | |
1767 | { | |
1768 | long precision; | |
1769 | if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) ) | |
1770 | { | |
1771 | SetPrecision((int)precision); | |
1772 | } | |
1773 | else | |
1774 | { | |
1775 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
1776 | } | |
1777 | ||
1778 | } | |
1779 | } | |
1780 | } | |
1781 | ||
1782 | ||
1783 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1784 | // wxGridCellBoolRenderer | |
1785 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1786 | ||
1787 | wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark; | |
1788 | ||
1789 | // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly... | |
1790 | ||
1791 | // between checkmark and box | |
1792 | static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2; | |
1793 | ||
1794 | wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
1795 | wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr), | |
1796 | wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), | |
1797 | int WXUNUSED(row), | |
1798 | int WXUNUSED(col)) | |
1799 | { | |
1800 | // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...) | |
1801 | if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x ) | |
1802 | { | |
1803 | // get checkbox size | |
1804 | wxCoord checkSize = 0; | |
1805 | wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, -1, wxEmptyString); | |
1806 | wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize(); | |
1807 | checkSize = size.y + 2*wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN; | |
1808 | ||
1809 | // FIXME wxGTK::wxCheckBox::GetBestSize() gives "wrong" result | |
1810 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
1811 | checkSize -= size.y / 2; | |
1812 | #endif | |
1813 | ||
1814 | delete checkbox; | |
1815 | ||
1816 | ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize; | |
1817 | } | |
1818 | ||
1819 | return ms_sizeCheckMark; | |
1820 | } | |
1821 | ||
1822 | void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1823 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1824 | wxDC& dc, | |
1825 | const wxRect& rect, | |
1826 | int row, int col, | |
1827 | bool isSelected) | |
1828 | { | |
1829 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected); | |
1830 | ||
1831 | // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO) | |
1832 | wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col); | |
1833 | ||
1834 | // don't draw outside the cell | |
1835 | wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height); | |
1836 | if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize ) | |
1837 | { | |
1838 | // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin | |
1839 | size.x = size.y = minSize - 2; | |
1840 | } | |
1841 | ||
1842 | // draw a border around checkmark | |
1843 | wxRect rectBorder; | |
1844 | rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width/2 - size.x/2; | |
1845 | rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height/2 - size.y/2; | |
1846 | rectBorder.width = size.x; | |
1847 | rectBorder.height = size.y; | |
1848 | ||
1849 | bool value; | |
1850 | if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) ) | |
1851 | value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col); | |
1852 | else | |
1853 | { | |
1854 | wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) ); | |
1855 | value = !( !cellval || (cellval == "0") ); | |
1856 | } | |
1857 | ||
1858 | if ( value ) | |
1859 | { | |
1860 | wxRect rectMark = rectBorder; | |
1861 | #ifdef __WXMSW__ | |
1862 | // MSW DrawCheckMark() is weird (and should probably be changed...) | |
1863 | rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN/2); | |
1864 | rectMark.x++; | |
1865 | rectMark.y++; | |
1866 | #else // !MSW | |
1867 | rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN); | |
1868 | #endif // MSW/!MSW | |
1869 | ||
1870 | dc.SetTextForeground(attr.GetTextColour()); | |
1871 | dc.DrawCheckMark(rectMark); | |
1872 | } | |
1873 | ||
1874 | dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); | |
1875 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(attr.GetTextColour(), 1, wxSOLID)); | |
1876 | dc.DrawRectangle(rectBorder); | |
1877 | } | |
1878 | ||
1879 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1880 | // wxGridCellAttr | |
1881 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1882 | ||
1883 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const | |
1884 | { | |
1885 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
1886 | if ( HasTextColour() ) | |
1887 | attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour()); | |
1888 | if ( HasBackgroundColour() ) | |
1889 | attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour()); | |
1890 | if ( HasFont() ) | |
1891 | attr->SetFont(GetFont()); | |
1892 | if ( HasAlignment() ) | |
1893 | attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign); | |
1894 | ||
1895 | if ( m_renderer ) | |
1896 | { | |
1897 | attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer); | |
1898 | m_renderer->IncRef(); | |
1899 | } | |
1900 | if ( m_editor ) | |
1901 | { | |
1902 | attr->SetEditor(m_editor); | |
1903 | m_editor->IncRef(); | |
1904 | } | |
1905 | ||
1906 | if ( IsReadOnly() ) | |
1907 | attr->SetReadOnly(); | |
1908 | ||
1909 | attr->SetKind( m_attrkind ); | |
1910 | ||
1911 | attr->SetDefAttr(m_defGridAttr); | |
1912 | ||
1913 | return attr; | |
1914 | } | |
1915 | ||
1916 | void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom) | |
1917 | { | |
1918 | if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() ) | |
1919 | SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour()); | |
1920 | if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() ) | |
1921 | SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour()); | |
1922 | if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() ) | |
1923 | SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont()); | |
1924 | if ( !!HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() ){ | |
1925 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
1926 | mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign); | |
1927 | SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); | |
1928 | } | |
1929 | ||
1930 | // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return | |
1931 | // m_renderer/m_editor | |
1932 | // | |
1933 | // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor? | |
1934 | if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() ) | |
1935 | { | |
1936 | m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer; | |
1937 | m_renderer->IncRef(); | |
1938 | } | |
1939 | if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() ) | |
1940 | { | |
1941 | m_editor = mergefrom->m_editor; | |
1942 | m_editor->IncRef(); | |
1943 | } | |
1944 | if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() ) | |
1945 | SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly()); | |
1946 | ||
1947 | SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr); | |
1948 | } | |
1949 | ||
1950 | const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const | |
1951 | { | |
1952 | if (HasTextColour()) | |
1953 | { | |
1954 | return m_colText; | |
1955 | } | |
1956 | else if (m_defGridAttr != this) | |
1957 | { | |
1958 | return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour(); | |
1959 | } | |
1960 | else | |
1961 | { | |
1962 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
1963 | return wxNullColour; | |
1964 | } | |
1965 | } | |
1966 | ||
1967 | ||
1968 | const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const | |
1969 | { | |
1970 | if (HasBackgroundColour()) | |
1971 | return m_colBack; | |
1972 | else if (m_defGridAttr != this) | |
1973 | return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
1974 | else | |
1975 | { | |
1976 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
1977 | return wxNullColour; | |
1978 | } | |
1979 | } | |
1980 | ||
1981 | ||
1982 | const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const | |
1983 | { | |
1984 | if (HasFont()) | |
1985 | return m_font; | |
1986 | else if (m_defGridAttr != this) | |
1987 | return m_defGridAttr->GetFont(); | |
1988 | else | |
1989 | { | |
1990 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
1991 | return wxNullFont; | |
1992 | } | |
1993 | } | |
1994 | ||
1995 | ||
1996 | void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const | |
1997 | { | |
1998 | if (HasAlignment()) | |
1999 | { | |
2000 | if ( hAlign ) *hAlign = m_hAlign; | |
2001 | if ( vAlign ) *vAlign = m_vAlign; | |
2002 | } | |
2003 | else if (m_defGridAttr != this) | |
2004 | m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); | |
2005 | else | |
2006 | { | |
2007 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
2008 | } | |
2009 | } | |
2010 | ||
2011 | ||
2012 | // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about | |
2013 | // which attribute to use. If a non-default attr object has one then it is | |
2014 | // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and | |
2015 | // used. It should be the default for the data type of the cell. If it is | |
2016 | // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its | |
2017 | // registry,) then the grid's default editor or renderer is used. | |
2018 | ||
2019 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const | |
2020 | { | |
2021 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = NULL; | |
2022 | ||
2023 | if ( m_defGridAttr != this || grid == NULL ) | |
2024 | { | |
2025 | renderer = m_renderer; // use local attribute | |
2026 | if ( renderer ) | |
2027 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
2028 | } | |
2029 | ||
2030 | if ( !renderer && grid ) // get renderer for the data type | |
2031 | { | |
2032 | // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us | |
2033 | renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col); | |
2034 | } | |
2035 | ||
2036 | if ( !renderer ) | |
2037 | { | |
2038 | // if we still don't have one then use the grid default | |
2039 | // (no need for IncRef() here neither) | |
2040 | renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL,0,0); | |
2041 | } | |
2042 | ||
2043 | if ( !renderer) | |
2044 | { | |
2045 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
2046 | } | |
2047 | ||
2048 | return renderer; | |
2049 | } | |
2050 | ||
2051 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const | |
2052 | { | |
2053 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = NULL; | |
2054 | ||
2055 | if ( m_defGridAttr != this || grid == NULL ) | |
2056 | { | |
2057 | editor = m_editor; // use local attribute | |
2058 | if ( editor ) | |
2059 | editor->IncRef(); | |
2060 | } | |
2061 | ||
2062 | if ( !editor && grid ) // get renderer for the data type | |
2063 | editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col); | |
2064 | ||
2065 | if ( !editor ) | |
2066 | // if we still don't have one then use the grid default | |
2067 | editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL,0,0); | |
2068 | ||
2069 | if ( !editor ) | |
2070 | { | |
2071 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
2072 | } | |
2073 | ||
2074 | return editor; | |
2075 | } | |
2076 | ||
2077 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2078 | // wxGridCellAttrData | |
2079 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2080 | ||
2081 | void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col) | |
2082 | { | |
2083 | int n = FindIndex(row, col); | |
2084 | if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2085 | { | |
2086 | // add the attribute | |
2087 | m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr)); | |
2088 | } | |
2089 | else | |
2090 | { | |
2091 | if ( attr ) | |
2092 | { | |
2093 | // change the attribute | |
2094 | m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr; | |
2095 | } | |
2096 | else | |
2097 | { | |
2098 | // remove this attribute | |
2099 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
2100 | } | |
2101 | } | |
2102 | } | |
2103 | ||
2104 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const | |
2105 | { | |
2106 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2107 | ||
2108 | int n = FindIndex(row, col); | |
2109 | if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2110 | { | |
2111 | attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr; | |
2112 | attr->IncRef(); | |
2113 | } | |
2114 | ||
2115 | return attr; | |
2116 | } | |
2117 | ||
2118 | void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) | |
2119 | { | |
2120 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2121 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2122 | { | |
2123 | wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
2124 | wxCoord row = coords.GetRow(); | |
2125 | if ((size_t)row >= pos) | |
2126 | { | |
2127 | if (numRows > 0) | |
2128 | { | |
2129 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
2130 | coords.SetRow(row + numRows); | |
2131 | } | |
2132 | else if (numRows < 0) | |
2133 | { | |
2134 | // If rows deleted ... | |
2135 | if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows) | |
2136 | { | |
2137 | // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... | |
2138 | coords.SetRow(row + numRows); | |
2139 | } | |
2140 | else | |
2141 | { | |
2142 | // ...or remove the attribute | |
2143 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
2144 | n--; count--; | |
2145 | } | |
2146 | } | |
2147 | } | |
2148 | } | |
2149 | } | |
2150 | ||
2151 | void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) | |
2152 | { | |
2153 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2154 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2155 | { | |
2156 | wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
2157 | wxCoord col = coords.GetCol(); | |
2158 | if ( (size_t)col >= pos ) | |
2159 | { | |
2160 | if ( numCols > 0 ) | |
2161 | { | |
2162 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
2163 | coords.SetCol(col + numCols); | |
2164 | } | |
2165 | else if (numCols < 0) | |
2166 | { | |
2167 | // If rows deleted ... | |
2168 | if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols) | |
2169 | { | |
2170 | // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... | |
2171 | coords.SetCol(col + numCols); | |
2172 | } | |
2173 | else | |
2174 | { | |
2175 | // ...or remove the attribute | |
2176 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
2177 | n--; count--; | |
2178 | } | |
2179 | } | |
2180 | } | |
2181 | } | |
2182 | } | |
2183 | ||
2184 | int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const | |
2185 | { | |
2186 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2187 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2188 | { | |
2189 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
2190 | if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) ) | |
2191 | { | |
2192 | return n; | |
2193 | } | |
2194 | } | |
2195 | ||
2196 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
2197 | } | |
2198 | ||
2199 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2200 | // wxGridRowOrColAttrData | |
2201 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2202 | ||
2203 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData() | |
2204 | { | |
2205 | size_t count = m_attrs.Count(); | |
2206 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2207 | { | |
2208 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
2209 | } | |
2210 | } | |
2211 | ||
2212 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const | |
2213 | { | |
2214 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2215 | ||
2216 | int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); | |
2217 | if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2218 | { | |
2219 | attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n]; | |
2220 | attr->IncRef(); | |
2221 | } | |
2222 | ||
2223 | return attr; | |
2224 | } | |
2225 | ||
2226 | void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol) | |
2227 | { | |
2228 | int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); | |
2229 | if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2230 | { | |
2231 | // add the attribute | |
2232 | m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol); | |
2233 | m_attrs.Add(attr); | |
2234 | } | |
2235 | else | |
2236 | { | |
2237 | size_t n = (size_t)i; | |
2238 | if ( attr ) | |
2239 | { | |
2240 | // change the attribute | |
2241 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
2242 | m_attrs[n] = attr; | |
2243 | } | |
2244 | else | |
2245 | { | |
2246 | // remove this attribute | |
2247 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
2248 | m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n); | |
2249 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
2250 | } | |
2251 | } | |
2252 | } | |
2253 | ||
2254 | void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols ) | |
2255 | { | |
2256 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2257 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2258 | { | |
2259 | int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n]; | |
2260 | if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos ) | |
2261 | { | |
2262 | if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 ) | |
2263 | { | |
2264 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
2265 | rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; | |
2266 | } | |
2267 | else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0) | |
2268 | { | |
2269 | // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists) | |
2270 | if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols) | |
2271 | rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; | |
2272 | else | |
2273 | { | |
2274 | m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
2275 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
2276 | n--; count--; | |
2277 | } | |
2278 | } | |
2279 | } | |
2280 | } | |
2281 | } | |
2282 | ||
2283 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2284 | // wxGridCellAttrProvider | |
2285 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2286 | ||
2287 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider() | |
2288 | { | |
2289 | m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL; | |
2290 | } | |
2291 | ||
2292 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider() | |
2293 | { | |
2294 | delete m_data; | |
2295 | } | |
2296 | ||
2297 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData() | |
2298 | { | |
2299 | m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData; | |
2300 | } | |
2301 | ||
2302 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col, | |
2303 | wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind ) const | |
2304 | { | |
2305 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2306 | if ( m_data ) | |
2307 | { | |
2308 | switch(kind) | |
2309 | { | |
2310 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Any): | |
2311 | //Get cached merge attributes. | |
2312 | // Currenlty not used as no cache implemented as not mutiable | |
2313 | // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col); | |
2314 | if(!attr) | |
2315 | { | |
2316 | //Basicaly implement old version. | |
2317 | //Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time.. | |
2318 | wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL, | |
2319 | *attrrow = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL, | |
2320 | *attrcol = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2321 | ||
2322 | attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col); | |
2323 | attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col); | |
2324 | attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row); | |
2325 | ||
2326 | if((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow !=attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol)){ | |
2327 | // Two or move are non NULL | |
2328 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
2329 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged); | |
2330 | ||
2331 | //Order important.. | |
2332 | if(attrcell){ | |
2333 | attr->MergeWith(attrcell); | |
2334 | attrcell->DecRef(); | |
2335 | } | |
2336 | if(attrcol){ | |
2337 | attr->MergeWith(attrcol); | |
2338 | attrcol->DecRef(); | |
2339 | } | |
2340 | if(attrrow){ | |
2341 | attr->MergeWith(attrrow); | |
2342 | attrrow->DecRef(); | |
2343 | } | |
2344 | //store merge attr if cache implemented | |
2345 | //attr->IncRef(); | |
2346 | //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
2347 | } | |
2348 | else | |
2349 | { | |
2350 | // one or none is non null return it or null. | |
2351 | if(attrrow) attr = attrrow; | |
2352 | if(attrcol) attr = attrcol; | |
2353 | if(attrcell) attr = attrcell; | |
2354 | } | |
2355 | } | |
2356 | break; | |
2357 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell): | |
2358 | attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col); | |
2359 | break; | |
2360 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Col): | |
2361 | attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col); | |
2362 | break; | |
2363 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Row): | |
2364 | attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row); | |
2365 | break; | |
2366 | default: | |
2367 | // unused as yet... | |
2368 | // (wxGridCellAttr::Default): | |
2369 | // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged): | |
2370 | break; | |
2371 | } | |
2372 | } | |
2373 | return attr; | |
2374 | } | |
2375 | ||
2376 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, | |
2377 | int row, int col) | |
2378 | { | |
2379 | if ( !m_data ) | |
2380 | InitData(); | |
2381 | ||
2382 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
2383 | } | |
2384 | ||
2385 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) | |
2386 | { | |
2387 | if ( !m_data ) | |
2388 | InitData(); | |
2389 | ||
2390 | m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row); | |
2391 | } | |
2392 | ||
2393 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) | |
2394 | { | |
2395 | if ( !m_data ) | |
2396 | InitData(); | |
2397 | ||
2398 | m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col); | |
2399 | } | |
2400 | ||
2401 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) | |
2402 | { | |
2403 | if ( m_data ) | |
2404 | { | |
2405 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); | |
2406 | ||
2407 | m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows ); | |
2408 | } | |
2409 | } | |
2410 | ||
2411 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) | |
2412 | { | |
2413 | if ( m_data ) | |
2414 | { | |
2415 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
2416 | ||
2417 | m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
2418 | } | |
2419 | } | |
2420 | ||
2421 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2422 | // wxGridTypeRegistry | |
2423 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2424 | ||
2425 | wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry() | |
2426 | { | |
2427 | size_t count = m_typeinfo.Count(); | |
2428 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
2429 | delete m_typeinfo[i]; | |
2430 | } | |
2431 | ||
2432 | ||
2433 | void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
2434 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
2435 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
2436 | { | |
2437 | wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
2438 | ||
2439 | // is it already registered? | |
2440 | int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); | |
2441 | if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2442 | { | |
2443 | delete m_typeinfo[loc]; | |
2444 | m_typeinfo[loc] = info; | |
2445 | } | |
2446 | else | |
2447 | { | |
2448 | m_typeinfo.Add(info); | |
2449 | } | |
2450 | } | |
2451 | ||
2452 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
2453 | { | |
2454 | size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount(); | |
2455 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
2456 | { | |
2457 | if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName ) | |
2458 | { | |
2459 | return i; | |
2460 | } | |
2461 | } | |
2462 | ||
2463 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
2464 | } | |
2465 | ||
2466 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
2467 | { | |
2468 | int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); | |
2469 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2470 | { | |
2471 | // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case | |
2472 | // register it "on the fly" | |
2473 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
2474 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING ) | |
2475 | { | |
2476 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, | |
2477 | new wxGridCellStringRenderer, | |
2478 | new wxGridCellTextEditor); | |
2479 | } else | |
2480 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
2481 | #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
2482 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL ) | |
2483 | { | |
2484 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL, | |
2485 | new wxGridCellBoolRenderer, | |
2486 | new wxGridCellBoolEditor); | |
2487 | } else | |
2488 | #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
2489 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
2490 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER ) | |
2491 | { | |
2492 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER, | |
2493 | new wxGridCellNumberRenderer, | |
2494 | new wxGridCellNumberEditor); | |
2495 | } | |
2496 | else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT ) | |
2497 | { | |
2498 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT, | |
2499 | new wxGridCellFloatRenderer, | |
2500 | new wxGridCellFloatEditor); | |
2501 | } else | |
2502 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
2503 | #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
2504 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE ) | |
2505 | { | |
2506 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE, | |
2507 | new wxGridCellStringRenderer, | |
2508 | new wxGridCellChoiceEditor); | |
2509 | } else | |
2510 | #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
2511 | { | |
2512 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
2513 | } | |
2514 | ||
2515 | // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return | |
2516 | // the last index | |
2517 | index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; | |
2518 | } | |
2519 | ||
2520 | return index; | |
2521 | } | |
2522 | ||
2523 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
2524 | { | |
2525 | int index = FindDataType(typeName); | |
2526 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2527 | { | |
2528 | // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':' | |
2529 | // are the parameters for the renderer | |
2530 | index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':'))); | |
2531 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2532 | { | |
2533 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
2534 | } | |
2535 | ||
2536 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index); | |
2537 | wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer; | |
2538 | renderer = renderer->Clone(); | |
2539 | rendererOld->DecRef(); | |
2540 | ||
2541 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index); | |
2542 | wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor; | |
2543 | editor = editor->Clone(); | |
2544 | editorOld->DecRef(); | |
2545 | ||
2546 | // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults | |
2547 | wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':')); | |
2548 | renderer->SetParameters(params); | |
2549 | editor->SetParameters(params); | |
2550 | ||
2551 | // register the new typename | |
2552 | RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
2553 | ||
2554 | // we just registered it, it's the last one | |
2555 | index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; | |
2556 | } | |
2557 | ||
2558 | return index; | |
2559 | } | |
2560 | ||
2561 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index) | |
2562 | { | |
2563 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer; | |
2564 | if (renderer) | |
2565 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
2566 | return renderer; | |
2567 | } | |
2568 | ||
2569 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index) | |
2570 | { | |
2571 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor; | |
2572 | if (editor) | |
2573 | editor->IncRef(); | |
2574 | return editor; | |
2575 | } | |
2576 | ||
2577 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2578 | // wxGridTableBase | |
2579 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2580 | ||
2581 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject ) | |
2582 | ||
2583 | ||
2584 | wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase() | |
2585 | { | |
2586 | m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL; | |
2587 | m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL; | |
2588 | } | |
2589 | ||
2590 | wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase() | |
2591 | { | |
2592 | delete m_attrProvider; | |
2593 | } | |
2594 | ||
2595 | void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider) | |
2596 | { | |
2597 | delete m_attrProvider; | |
2598 | m_attrProvider = attrProvider; | |
2599 | } | |
2600 | ||
2601 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes() | |
2602 | { | |
2603 | if ( ! GetAttrProvider() ) | |
2604 | { | |
2605 | // use the default attr provider by default | |
2606 | SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider); | |
2607 | } | |
2608 | return TRUE; | |
2609 | } | |
2610 | ||
2611 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind) | |
2612 | { | |
2613 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
2614 | return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind); | |
2615 | else | |
2616 | return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2617 | } | |
2618 | ||
2619 | void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col) | |
2620 | { | |
2621 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
2622 | { | |
2623 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell); | |
2624 | m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
2625 | } | |
2626 | else | |
2627 | { | |
2628 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
2629 | // free it now | |
2630 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
2631 | } | |
2632 | } | |
2633 | ||
2634 | void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) | |
2635 | { | |
2636 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
2637 | { | |
2638 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row); | |
2639 | m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row); | |
2640 | } | |
2641 | else | |
2642 | { | |
2643 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
2644 | // free it now | |
2645 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
2646 | } | |
2647 | } | |
2648 | ||
2649 | void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) | |
2650 | { | |
2651 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
2652 | { | |
2653 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col); | |
2654 | m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col); | |
2655 | } | |
2656 | else | |
2657 | { | |
2658 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
2659 | // free it now | |
2660 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
2661 | } | |
2662 | } | |
2663 | ||
2664 | bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
2665 | size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
2666 | { | |
2667 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") ); | |
2668 | ||
2669 | return FALSE; | |
2670 | } | |
2671 | ||
2672 | bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
2673 | { | |
2674 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
2675 | ||
2676 | return FALSE; | |
2677 | } | |
2678 | ||
2679 | bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
2680 | size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
2681 | { | |
2682 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
2683 | ||
2684 | return FALSE; | |
2685 | } | |
2686 | ||
2687 | bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
2688 | size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
2689 | { | |
2690 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
2691 | ||
2692 | return FALSE; | |
2693 | } | |
2694 | ||
2695 | bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
2696 | { | |
2697 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
2698 | ||
2699 | return FALSE; | |
2700 | } | |
2701 | ||
2702 | bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
2703 | size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
2704 | { | |
2705 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
2706 | ||
2707 | return FALSE; | |
2708 | } | |
2709 | ||
2710 | ||
2711 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
2712 | { | |
2713 | wxString s; | |
2714 | s << row + 1; // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users, no matter | |
2715 | // how much it makes sense to us geeks. | |
2716 | return s; | |
2717 | } | |
2718 | ||
2719 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
2720 | { | |
2721 | // default col labels are: | |
2722 | // cols 0 to 25 : A-Z | |
2723 | // cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ | |
2724 | // etc. | |
2725 | ||
2726 | wxString s; | |
2727 | unsigned int i, n; | |
2728 | for ( n = 1; ; n++ ) | |
2729 | { | |
2730 | s += (_T('A') + (wxChar)( col%26 )); | |
2731 | col = col/26 - 1; | |
2732 | if ( col < 0 ) break; | |
2733 | } | |
2734 | ||
2735 | // reverse the string... | |
2736 | wxString s2; | |
2737 | for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ ) | |
2738 | { | |
2739 | s2 += s[n-i-1]; | |
2740 | } | |
2741 | ||
2742 | return s2; | |
2743 | } | |
2744 | ||
2745 | ||
2746 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
2747 | { | |
2748 | return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; | |
2749 | } | |
2750 | ||
2751 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
2752 | const wxString& typeName ) | |
2753 | { | |
2754 | return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; | |
2755 | } | |
2756 | ||
2757 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName ) | |
2758 | { | |
2759 | return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName); | |
2760 | } | |
2761 | ||
2762 | long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
2763 | { | |
2764 | return 0; | |
2765 | } | |
2766 | ||
2767 | double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
2768 | { | |
2769 | return 0.0; | |
2770 | } | |
2771 | ||
2772 | bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
2773 | { | |
2774 | return FALSE; | |
2775 | } | |
2776 | ||
2777 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
2778 | long WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
2779 | { | |
2780 | } | |
2781 | ||
2782 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
2783 | double WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
2784 | { | |
2785 | } | |
2786 | ||
2787 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
2788 | bool WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
2789 | { | |
2790 | } | |
2791 | ||
2792 | ||
2793 | void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
2794 | const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) ) | |
2795 | { | |
2796 | return NULL; | |
2797 | } | |
2798 | ||
2799 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
2800 | const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName), | |
2801 | void* WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
2802 | { | |
2803 | } | |
2804 | ||
2805 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
2806 | // | |
2807 | // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications | |
2808 | // to the grid view | |
2809 | // | |
2810 | ||
2811 | wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage() | |
2812 | { | |
2813 | m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL; | |
2814 | m_id = -1; | |
2815 | m_comInt1 = -1; | |
2816 | m_comInt2 = -1; | |
2817 | } | |
2818 | ||
2819 | wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id, | |
2820 | int commandInt1, int commandInt2 ) | |
2821 | { | |
2822 | m_table = table; | |
2823 | m_id = id; | |
2824 | m_comInt1 = commandInt1; | |
2825 | m_comInt2 = commandInt2; | |
2826 | } | |
2827 | ||
2828 | ||
2829 | ||
2830 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
2831 | // | |
2832 | // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will | |
2833 | // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class. | |
2834 | // | |
2835 | ||
2836 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray) | |
2837 | ||
2838 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase ) | |
2839 | ||
2840 | wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable() | |
2841 | : wxGridTableBase() | |
2842 | { | |
2843 | } | |
2844 | ||
2845 | wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols ) | |
2846 | : wxGridTableBase() | |
2847 | { | |
2848 | int row, col; | |
2849 | ||
2850 | m_data.Alloc( numRows ); | |
2851 | ||
2852 | wxArrayString sa; | |
2853 | sa.Alloc( numCols ); | |
2854 | for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ ) | |
2855 | { | |
2856 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString ); | |
2857 | } | |
2858 | ||
2859 | for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ ) | |
2860 | { | |
2861 | m_data.Add( sa ); | |
2862 | } | |
2863 | } | |
2864 | ||
2865 | wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable() | |
2866 | { | |
2867 | } | |
2868 | ||
2869 | int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows() | |
2870 | { | |
2871 | return m_data.GetCount(); | |
2872 | } | |
2873 | ||
2874 | int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols() | |
2875 | { | |
2876 | if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 ) | |
2877 | return m_data[0].GetCount(); | |
2878 | else | |
2879 | return 0; | |
2880 | } | |
2881 | ||
2882 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col ) | |
2883 | { | |
2884 | wxASSERT_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
2885 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
2886 | ||
2887 | return m_data[row][col]; | |
2888 | } | |
2889 | ||
2890 | void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value ) | |
2891 | { | |
2892 | wxASSERT_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
2893 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
2894 | ||
2895 | m_data[row][col] = value; | |
2896 | } | |
2897 | ||
2898 | bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col ) | |
2899 | { | |
2900 | wxASSERT_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
2901 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
2902 | ||
2903 | return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString); | |
2904 | } | |
2905 | ||
2906 | void wxGridStringTable::Clear() | |
2907 | { | |
2908 | int row, col; | |
2909 | int numRows, numCols; | |
2910 | ||
2911 | numRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
2912 | if ( numRows > 0 ) | |
2913 | { | |
2914 | numCols = m_data[0].GetCount(); | |
2915 | ||
2916 | for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ ) | |
2917 | { | |
2918 | for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ ) | |
2919 | { | |
2920 | m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString; | |
2921 | } | |
2922 | } | |
2923 | } | |
2924 | } | |
2925 | ||
2926 | ||
2927 | bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) | |
2928 | { | |
2929 | size_t row, col; | |
2930 | ||
2931 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
2932 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : | |
2933 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
2934 | ||
2935 | if ( pos >= curNumRows ) | |
2936 | { | |
2937 | return AppendRows( numRows ); | |
2938 | } | |
2939 | ||
2940 | wxArrayString sa; | |
2941 | sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); | |
2942 | for ( col = 0; col < curNumCols; col++ ) | |
2943 | { | |
2944 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString ); | |
2945 | } | |
2946 | ||
2947 | for ( row = pos; row < pos + numRows; row++ ) | |
2948 | { | |
2949 | m_data.Insert( sa, row ); | |
2950 | } | |
2951 | if ( GetView() ) | |
2952 | { | |
2953 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
2954 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED, | |
2955 | pos, | |
2956 | numRows ); | |
2957 | ||
2958 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
2959 | } | |
2960 | ||
2961 | return TRUE; | |
2962 | } | |
2963 | ||
2964 | bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows ) | |
2965 | { | |
2966 | size_t row, col; | |
2967 | ||
2968 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
2969 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : | |
2970 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
2971 | ||
2972 | wxArrayString sa; | |
2973 | if ( curNumCols > 0 ) | |
2974 | { | |
2975 | sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); | |
2976 | for ( col = 0; col < curNumCols; col++ ) | |
2977 | { | |
2978 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString ); | |
2979 | } | |
2980 | } | |
2981 | ||
2982 | for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ ) | |
2983 | { | |
2984 | m_data.Add( sa ); | |
2985 | } | |
2986 | ||
2987 | if ( GetView() ) | |
2988 | { | |
2989 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
2990 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED, | |
2991 | numRows ); | |
2992 | ||
2993 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
2994 | } | |
2995 | ||
2996 | return TRUE; | |
2997 | } | |
2998 | ||
2999 | bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) | |
3000 | { | |
3001 | size_t n; | |
3002 | ||
3003 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3004 | ||
3005 | if ( pos >= curNumRows ) | |
3006 | { | |
3007 | wxString errmsg; | |
3008 | errmsg.Printf(wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%d, N=%d)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %d rows"), | |
3009 | pos, numRows, curNumRows ); | |
3010 | wxFAIL_MSG( errmsg ); | |
3011 | return FALSE; | |
3012 | } | |
3013 | ||
3014 | if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos ) | |
3015 | { | |
3016 | numRows = curNumRows - pos; | |
3017 | } | |
3018 | ||
3019 | if ( numRows >= curNumRows ) | |
3020 | { | |
3021 | m_data.Empty(); // don't release memory just yet | |
3022 | } | |
3023 | else | |
3024 | { | |
3025 | for ( n = 0; n < numRows; n++ ) | |
3026 | { | |
3027 | m_data.RemoveAt( pos ); | |
3028 | } | |
3029 | } | |
3030 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3031 | { | |
3032 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3033 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED, | |
3034 | pos, | |
3035 | numRows ); | |
3036 | ||
3037 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3038 | } | |
3039 | ||
3040 | return TRUE; | |
3041 | } | |
3042 | ||
3043 | bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) | |
3044 | { | |
3045 | size_t row, col; | |
3046 | ||
3047 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3048 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : | |
3049 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
3050 | ||
3051 | if ( pos >= curNumCols ) | |
3052 | { | |
3053 | return AppendCols( numCols ); | |
3054 | } | |
3055 | ||
3056 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
3057 | { | |
3058 | for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ ) | |
3059 | { | |
3060 | m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col ); | |
3061 | } | |
3062 | } | |
3063 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3064 | { | |
3065 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3066 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED, | |
3067 | pos, | |
3068 | numCols ); | |
3069 | ||
3070 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3071 | } | |
3072 | ||
3073 | return TRUE; | |
3074 | } | |
3075 | ||
3076 | bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols ) | |
3077 | { | |
3078 | size_t row, n; | |
3079 | ||
3080 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3081 | #if 0 | |
3082 | if ( !curNumRows ) | |
3083 | { | |
3084 | // TODO: something better than this ? | |
3085 | // | |
3086 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") ); | |
3087 | return FALSE; | |
3088 | } | |
3089 | #endif | |
3090 | ||
3091 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
3092 | { | |
3093 | for ( n = 0; n < numCols; n++ ) | |
3094 | { | |
3095 | m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString ); | |
3096 | } | |
3097 | } | |
3098 | ||
3099 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3100 | { | |
3101 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3102 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED, | |
3103 | numCols ); | |
3104 | ||
3105 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3106 | } | |
3107 | ||
3108 | return TRUE; | |
3109 | } | |
3110 | ||
3111 | bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) | |
3112 | { | |
3113 | size_t row, n; | |
3114 | ||
3115 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3116 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : | |
3117 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
3118 | ||
3119 | if ( pos >= curNumCols ) | |
3120 | { | |
3121 | wxString errmsg; | |
3122 | errmsg.Printf( wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%d, N=%d)...\nPos value is invalid for present table with %d cols"), | |
3123 | pos, numCols, curNumCols ); | |
3124 | wxFAIL_MSG( errmsg ); | |
3125 | return FALSE; | |
3126 | } | |
3127 | ||
3128 | if ( numCols > curNumCols - pos ) | |
3129 | { | |
3130 | numCols = curNumCols - pos; | |
3131 | } | |
3132 | ||
3133 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
3134 | { | |
3135 | if ( numCols >= curNumCols ) | |
3136 | { | |
3137 | m_data[row].Clear(); | |
3138 | } | |
3139 | else | |
3140 | { | |
3141 | for ( n = 0; n < numCols; n++ ) | |
3142 | { | |
3143 | m_data[row].RemoveAt( pos ); | |
3144 | } | |
3145 | } | |
3146 | } | |
3147 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3148 | { | |
3149 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3150 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED, | |
3151 | pos, | |
3152 | numCols ); | |
3153 | ||
3154 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3155 | } | |
3156 | ||
3157 | return TRUE; | |
3158 | } | |
3159 | ||
3160 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
3161 | { | |
3162 | if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
3163 | { | |
3164 | // using default label | |
3165 | // | |
3166 | return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row ); | |
3167 | } | |
3168 | else | |
3169 | { | |
3170 | return m_rowLabels[ row ]; | |
3171 | } | |
3172 | } | |
3173 | ||
3174 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
3175 | { | |
3176 | if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
3177 | { | |
3178 | // using default label | |
3179 | // | |
3180 | return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col ); | |
3181 | } | |
3182 | else | |
3183 | { | |
3184 | return m_colLabels[ col ]; | |
3185 | } | |
3186 | } | |
3187 | ||
3188 | void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value ) | |
3189 | { | |
3190 | if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
3191 | { | |
3192 | int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount(); | |
3193 | int i; | |
3194 | for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ ) | |
3195 | { | |
3196 | m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) ); | |
3197 | } | |
3198 | } | |
3199 | ||
3200 | m_rowLabels[row] = value; | |
3201 | } | |
3202 | ||
3203 | void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value ) | |
3204 | { | |
3205 | if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
3206 | { | |
3207 | int n = m_colLabels.GetCount(); | |
3208 | int i; | |
3209 | for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ ) | |
3210 | { | |
3211 | m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) ); | |
3212 | } | |
3213 | } | |
3214 | ||
3215 | m_colLabels[col] = value; | |
3216 | } | |
3217 | ||
3218 | ||
3219 | ||
3220 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3221 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3222 | ||
3223 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3224 | ||
3225 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3226 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
3227 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel) | |
3228 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
3229 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
3230 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
3231 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3232 | ||
3233 | wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3234 | wxWindowID id, | |
3235 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
3236 | : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS ) | |
3237 | { | |
3238 | m_owner = parent; | |
3239 | } | |
3240 | ||
3241 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3242 | { | |
3243 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
3244 | ||
3245 | // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin | |
3246 | // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to | |
3247 | // set the y coord - MB | |
3248 | // | |
3249 | // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
3250 | ||
3251 | int x, y; | |
3252 | m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); | |
3253 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( 0, -y ); | |
3254 | ||
3255 | wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); | |
3256 | m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc , rows ); | |
3257 | } | |
3258 | ||
3259 | ||
3260 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3261 | { | |
3262 | m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
3263 | } | |
3264 | ||
3265 | ||
3266 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3267 | { | |
3268 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
3269 | } | |
3270 | ||
3271 | ||
3272 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse | |
3273 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
3274 | // | |
3275 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3276 | { | |
3277 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3278 | } | |
3279 | ||
3280 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3281 | { | |
3282 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3283 | } | |
3284 | ||
3285 | ||
3286 | ||
3287 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3288 | ||
3289 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3290 | ||
3291 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3292 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
3293 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel) | |
3294 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
3295 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
3296 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
3297 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3298 | ||
3299 | wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3300 | wxWindowID id, | |
3301 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
3302 | : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS ) | |
3303 | { | |
3304 | m_owner = parent; | |
3305 | } | |
3306 | ||
3307 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3308 | { | |
3309 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
3310 | ||
3311 | // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin | |
3312 | // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to | |
3313 | // set the x coord - MB | |
3314 | // | |
3315 | // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
3316 | ||
3317 | int x, y; | |
3318 | m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); | |
3319 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( -x, 0 ); | |
3320 | ||
3321 | wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); | |
3322 | m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc , cols ); | |
3323 | } | |
3324 | ||
3325 | ||
3326 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3327 | { | |
3328 | m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
3329 | } | |
3330 | ||
3331 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3332 | { | |
3333 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
3334 | } | |
3335 | ||
3336 | ||
3337 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse | |
3338 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
3339 | // | |
3340 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3341 | { | |
3342 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3343 | } | |
3344 | ||
3345 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3346 | { | |
3347 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3348 | } | |
3349 | ||
3350 | ||
3351 | ||
3352 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3353 | ||
3354 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3355 | ||
3356 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3357 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel) | |
3358 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
3359 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint) | |
3360 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
3361 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
3362 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3363 | ||
3364 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3365 | wxWindowID id, | |
3366 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
3367 | : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS ) | |
3368 | { | |
3369 | m_owner = parent; | |
3370 | } | |
3371 | ||
3372 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3373 | { | |
3374 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
3375 | ||
3376 | int client_height = 0; | |
3377 | int client_width = 0; | |
3378 | GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height ); | |
3379 | ||
3380 | dc.SetPen( *wxBLACK_PEN ); | |
3381 | dc.DrawLine( client_width-1, client_height-1, client_width-1, 0 ); | |
3382 | dc.DrawLine( client_width-1, client_height-1, 0, client_height-1 ); | |
3383 | ||
3384 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
3385 | dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 ); | |
3386 | dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height ); | |
3387 | } | |
3388 | ||
3389 | ||
3390 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3391 | { | |
3392 | m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
3393 | } | |
3394 | ||
3395 | ||
3396 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3397 | { | |
3398 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
3399 | } | |
3400 | ||
3401 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse | |
3402 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
3403 | // | |
3404 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3405 | { | |
3406 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3407 | } | |
3408 | ||
3409 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3410 | { | |
3411 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3412 | } | |
3413 | ||
3414 | ||
3415 | ||
3416 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3417 | ||
3418 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxPanel ) | |
3419 | ||
3420 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxPanel ) | |
3421 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint ) | |
3422 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel) | |
3423 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
3424 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
3425 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
3426 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground ) | |
3427 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3428 | ||
3429 | wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3430 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin, | |
3431 | wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin, | |
3432 | wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
3433 | : wxPanel( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS, "grid window" ) | |
3434 | { | |
3435 | m_owner = parent; | |
3436 | m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin; | |
3437 | m_colLabelWin = colLblWin; | |
3438 | SetBackgroundColour(_T("WHITE")); | |
3439 | } | |
3440 | ||
3441 | ||
3442 | wxGridWindow::~wxGridWindow() | |
3443 | { | |
3444 | } | |
3445 | ||
3446 | ||
3447 | void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3448 | { | |
3449 | wxPaintDC dc( this ); | |
3450 | m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
3451 | wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion(); | |
3452 | wxGridCellCoordsArray DirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg ); | |
3453 | m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc , DirtyCells); | |
3454 | #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES | |
3455 | m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg ); | |
3456 | #endif | |
3457 | m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc ); | |
3458 | m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc , DirtyCells ); | |
3459 | } | |
3460 | ||
3461 | ||
3462 | void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect ) | |
3463 | { | |
3464 | wxPanel::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect ); | |
3465 | m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect ); | |
3466 | m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect ); | |
3467 | } | |
3468 | ||
3469 | ||
3470 | void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3471 | { | |
3472 | m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event ); | |
3473 | } | |
3474 | ||
3475 | void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3476 | { | |
3477 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
3478 | } | |
3479 | ||
3480 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse | |
3481 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
3482 | // | |
3483 | void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3484 | { | |
3485 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3486 | } | |
3487 | ||
3488 | void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3489 | { | |
3490 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3491 | } | |
3492 | ||
3493 | void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3494 | { | |
3495 | } | |
3496 | ||
3497 | ||
3498 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3499 | ||
3500 | ||
3501 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow ) | |
3502 | ||
3503 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow ) | |
3504 | EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint ) | |
3505 | EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize ) | |
3506 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown ) | |
3507 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp ) | |
3508 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground ) | |
3509 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3510 | ||
3511 | wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent, | |
3512 | wxWindowID id, | |
3513 | const wxPoint& pos, | |
3514 | const wxSize& size, | |
3515 | long style, | |
3516 | const wxString& name ) | |
3517 | : wxScrolledWindow( parent, id, pos, size, (style | wxWANTS_CHARS), name ), | |
3518 | m_colMinWidths(GRID_HASH_SIZE), | |
3519 | m_rowMinHeights(GRID_HASH_SIZE) | |
3520 | { | |
3521 | Create(); | |
3522 | } | |
3523 | ||
3524 | ||
3525 | wxGrid::~wxGrid() | |
3526 | { | |
3527 | // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler | |
3528 | SetTargetWindow(this); | |
3529 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
3530 | wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
3531 | ||
3532 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
3533 | size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses; | |
3534 | wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: " | |
3535 | "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"), | |
3536 | total, gs_nAttrCacheHits, | |
3537 | total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0); | |
3538 | #endif | |
3539 | ||
3540 | if (m_ownTable) | |
3541 | delete m_table; | |
3542 | ||
3543 | delete m_typeRegistry; | |
3544 | delete m_selection; | |
3545 | } | |
3546 | ||
3547 | ||
3548 | // | |
3549 | // ----- internal init and update functions | |
3550 | // | |
3551 | ||
3552 | void wxGrid::Create() | |
3553 | { | |
3554 | m_created = FALSE; // set to TRUE by CreateGrid | |
3555 | ||
3556 | m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL; | |
3557 | m_ownTable = FALSE; | |
3558 | ||
3559 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = FALSE; | |
3560 | ||
3561 | m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
3562 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
3563 | ||
3564 | // Set default cell attributes | |
3565 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default); | |
3566 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont()); | |
3567 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP); | |
3568 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour( | |
3569 | wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT)); | |
3570 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour( | |
3571 | wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW)); | |
3572 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer); | |
3573 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor); | |
3574 | ||
3575 | ||
3576 | m_numRows = 0; | |
3577 | m_numCols = 0; | |
3578 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
3579 | ||
3580 | m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH; | |
3581 | m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; | |
3582 | ||
3583 | // create the type registry | |
3584 | m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry; | |
3585 | m_selection = 0; | |
3586 | // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid | |
3587 | m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this, | |
3588 | -1, | |
3589 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
3590 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
3591 | ||
3592 | m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this, | |
3593 | -1, | |
3594 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
3595 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
3596 | ||
3597 | m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this, | |
3598 | -1, | |
3599 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
3600 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
3601 | ||
3602 | m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this, | |
3603 | m_rowLabelWin, | |
3604 | m_colLabelWin, | |
3605 | -1, | |
3606 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
3607 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
3608 | ||
3609 | SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin ); | |
3610 | } | |
3611 | ||
3612 | ||
3613 | bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols, | |
3614 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) | |
3615 | { | |
3616 | wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created, | |
3617 | FALSE, | |
3618 | wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") ); | |
3619 | ||
3620 | m_numRows = numRows; | |
3621 | m_numCols = numCols; | |
3622 | ||
3623 | m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols ); | |
3624 | m_table->SetView( this ); | |
3625 | m_ownTable = TRUE; | |
3626 | m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode ); | |
3627 | Init(); | |
3628 | m_created = TRUE; | |
3629 | ||
3630 | return m_created; | |
3631 | } | |
3632 | ||
3633 | void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode) | |
3634 | { | |
3635 | if ( !m_created ) | |
3636 | { | |
3637 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
3638 | } | |
3639 | else | |
3640 | m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode ); | |
3641 | } | |
3642 | ||
3643 | bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership, | |
3644 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) | |
3645 | { | |
3646 | if ( m_created ) | |
3647 | { | |
3648 | // RD: Actually, this should probably be allowed. I think it would be | |
3649 | // nice to be able to switch multiple Tables in and out of a single | |
3650 | // View at runtime. Is there anything in the implmentation that would | |
3651 | // prevent this? | |
3652 | ||
3653 | // At least, you now have to cope with m_selection | |
3654 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") ); | |
3655 | return FALSE; | |
3656 | } | |
3657 | else | |
3658 | { | |
3659 | m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows(); | |
3660 | m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols(); | |
3661 | ||
3662 | m_table = table; | |
3663 | m_table->SetView( this ); | |
3664 | if (takeOwnership) | |
3665 | m_ownTable = TRUE; | |
3666 | m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode ); | |
3667 | Init(); | |
3668 | m_created = TRUE; | |
3669 | } | |
3670 | ||
3671 | return m_created; | |
3672 | } | |
3673 | ||
3674 | ||
3675 | void wxGrid::Init() | |
3676 | { | |
3677 | m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH; | |
3678 | m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; | |
3679 | ||
3680 | if ( m_rowLabelWin ) | |
3681 | { | |
3682 | m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
3683 | } | |
3684 | else | |
3685 | { | |
3686 | m_labelBackgroundColour = wxColour( _T("WHITE") ); | |
3687 | } | |
3688 | ||
3689 | m_labelTextColour = wxColour( _T("BLACK") ); | |
3690 | ||
3691 | // init attr cache | |
3692 | m_attrCache.row = -1; | |
3693 | ||
3694 | // TODO: something better than this ? | |
3695 | // | |
3696 | m_labelFont = this->GetFont(); | |
3697 | m_labelFont.SetWeight( m_labelFont.GetWeight() + 2 ); | |
3698 | ||
3699 | m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; | |
3700 | m_rowLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
3701 | ||
3702 | m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
3703 | m_colLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_TOP; | |
3704 | ||
3705 | m_defaultColWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH; | |
3706 | m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight(); | |
3707 | ||
3708 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl() | |
3709 | m_defaultRowHeight += 8; | |
3710 | #else | |
3711 | m_defaultRowHeight += 4; | |
3712 | #endif | |
3713 | ||
3714 | m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 128, 128, 255 ); | |
3715 | m_gridLinesEnabled = TRUE; | |
3716 | m_cellHighlightColour = m_gridLineColour; | |
3717 | m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2; | |
3718 | m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1; | |
3719 | ||
3720 | m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL; | |
3721 | m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL; | |
3722 | m_canDragRowSize = TRUE; | |
3723 | m_canDragColSize = TRUE; | |
3724 | m_canDragGridSize = TRUE; | |
3725 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
3726 | m_dragRowOrCol = -1; | |
3727 | m_isDragging = FALSE; | |
3728 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; | |
3729 | ||
3730 | m_waitForSlowClick = FALSE; | |
3731 | ||
3732 | m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS ); | |
3733 | m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE ); | |
3734 | ||
3735 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
3736 | ||
3737 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
3738 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
3739 | m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT); | |
3740 | m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT); | |
3741 | ||
3742 | m_editable = TRUE; // default for whole grid | |
3743 | ||
3744 | m_inOnKeyDown = FALSE; | |
3745 | m_batchCount = 0; | |
3746 | ||
3747 | m_extraWidth = | |
3748 | m_extraHeight = 50; | |
3749 | ||
3750 | CalcDimensions(); | |
3751 | } | |
3752 | ||
3753 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3754 | // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create | |
3755 | // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if | |
3756 | // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these | |
3757 | // arrays at all | |
3758 | // | |
3759 | // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the | |
3760 | // widths/heights different from default ones but this will be done later... | |
3761 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3762 | ||
3763 | void wxGrid::InitRowHeights() | |
3764 | { | |
3765 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); | |
3766 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); | |
3767 | ||
3768 | m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows ); | |
3769 | m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows ); | |
3770 | ||
3771 | int rowBottom = 0; | |
3772 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
3773 | { | |
3774 | m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight ); | |
3775 | rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight; | |
3776 | m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom ); | |
3777 | } | |
3778 | } | |
3779 | ||
3780 | void wxGrid::InitColWidths() | |
3781 | { | |
3782 | m_colWidths.Empty(); | |
3783 | m_colRights.Empty(); | |
3784 | ||
3785 | m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols ); | |
3786 | m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols ); | |
3787 | int colRight = 0; | |
3788 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
3789 | { | |
3790 | m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth ); | |
3791 | colRight += m_defaultColWidth; | |
3792 | m_colRights.Add( colRight ); | |
3793 | } | |
3794 | } | |
3795 | ||
3796 | int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const | |
3797 | { | |
3798 | return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col]; | |
3799 | } | |
3800 | ||
3801 | int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const | |
3802 | { | |
3803 | return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? col * m_defaultColWidth | |
3804 | : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col]; | |
3805 | } | |
3806 | ||
3807 | int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const | |
3808 | { | |
3809 | return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (col + 1) * m_defaultColWidth | |
3810 | : m_colRights[col]; | |
3811 | } | |
3812 | ||
3813 | int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const | |
3814 | { | |
3815 | return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row]; | |
3816 | } | |
3817 | ||
3818 | int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const | |
3819 | { | |
3820 | return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight | |
3821 | : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row]; | |
3822 | } | |
3823 | ||
3824 | int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const | |
3825 | { | |
3826 | return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight | |
3827 | : m_rowBottoms[row]; | |
3828 | } | |
3829 | ||
3830 | void wxGrid::CalcDimensions() | |
3831 | { | |
3832 | int cw, ch; | |
3833 | GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
3834 | ||
3835 | if ( m_colLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
3836 | cw -= m_rowLabelWidth; | |
3837 | if ( m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
3838 | ch -= m_colLabelHeight; | |
3839 | ||
3840 | // grid total size | |
3841 | int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) + m_extraWidth + 1 : 0; | |
3842 | int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) + m_extraHeight + 1 : 0; | |
3843 | ||
3844 | // preserve (more or less) the previous position | |
3845 | int x, y; | |
3846 | GetViewStart( &x, &y ); | |
3847 | // maybe we don't need scrollbars at all? and if we do, transform w and h | |
3848 | // from pixels into logical units | |
3849 | if ( w <= cw ) | |
3850 | { | |
3851 | w = 0; x= 0; | |
3852 | } | |
3853 | else | |
3854 | { | |
3855 | w = (w + GRID_SCROLL_LINE - 1)/GRID_SCROLL_LINE; | |
3856 | if ( x >= w ) | |
3857 | x = w - 1; | |
3858 | } | |
3859 | if ( h <= ch ) | |
3860 | { | |
3861 | h = 0; y = 0; | |
3862 | } | |
3863 | else | |
3864 | { | |
3865 | h = (h + GRID_SCROLL_LINE - 1)/GRID_SCROLL_LINE; | |
3866 | if ( y >= h ) | |
3867 | y = h - 1; | |
3868 | } | |
3869 | ||
3870 | // do set scrollbar parameters | |
3871 | SetScrollbars( GRID_SCROLL_LINE, GRID_SCROLL_LINE, | |
3872 | w, h, x, y, (GetBatchCount() != 0)); | |
3873 | } | |
3874 | ||
3875 | ||
3876 | void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes() | |
3877 | { | |
3878 | int cw, ch; | |
3879 | GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
3880 | ||
3881 | if ( m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
3882 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight ); | |
3883 | ||
3884 | if ( m_colLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
3885 | m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, cw-m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight); | |
3886 | ||
3887 | if ( m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
3888 | m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, ch-m_colLabelHeight); | |
3889 | ||
3890 | if ( m_gridWin->IsShown() ) | |
3891 | m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, cw-m_rowLabelWidth, ch-m_colLabelHeight); | |
3892 | } | |
3893 | ||
3894 | ||
3895 | // this is called when the grid table sends a message to say that it | |
3896 | // has been redimensioned | |
3897 | // | |
3898 | bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) | |
3899 | { | |
3900 | int i; | |
3901 | bool result = FALSE; | |
3902 | ||
3903 | #if 0 | |
3904 | // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them | |
3905 | // now | |
3906 | if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
3907 | { | |
3908 | InitColWidths(); | |
3909 | } | |
3910 | ||
3911 | if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
3912 | { | |
3913 | InitRowHeights(); | |
3914 | } | |
3915 | #endif | |
3916 | ||
3917 | switch ( msg.GetId() ) | |
3918 | { | |
3919 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: | |
3920 | { | |
3921 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
3922 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
3923 | ||
3924 | m_numRows += numRows; | |
3925 | ||
3926 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
3927 | { | |
3928 | for ( i = 0; i < numRows; i++ ) | |
3929 | { | |
3930 | m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos ); | |
3931 | m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos ); | |
3932 | } | |
3933 | ||
3934 | int bottom = 0; | |
3935 | if ( pos > 0 ) bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos-1]; | |
3936 | ||
3937 | for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
3938 | { | |
3939 | bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
3940 | m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; | |
3941 | } | |
3942 | } | |
3943 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
3944 | { | |
3945 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
3946 | // cell will be undefined... | |
3947 | // | |
3948 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
3949 | } | |
3950 | m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows ); | |
3951 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
3952 | if (attrProvider) | |
3953 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); | |
3954 | ||
3955 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
3956 | { | |
3957 | CalcDimensions(); | |
3958 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
3959 | } | |
3960 | } | |
3961 | result = TRUE; | |
3962 | break; | |
3963 | ||
3964 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: | |
3965 | { | |
3966 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
3967 | int oldNumRows = m_numRows; | |
3968 | m_numRows += numRows; | |
3969 | ||
3970 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
3971 | { | |
3972 | for ( i = 0; i < numRows; i++ ) | |
3973 | { | |
3974 | m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight ); | |
3975 | m_rowBottoms.Add( 0 ); | |
3976 | } | |
3977 | ||
3978 | int bottom = 0; | |
3979 | if ( oldNumRows > 0 ) bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows-1]; | |
3980 | ||
3981 | for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
3982 | { | |
3983 | bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
3984 | m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; | |
3985 | } | |
3986 | } | |
3987 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
3988 | { | |
3989 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
3990 | // cell will be undefined... | |
3991 | // | |
3992 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
3993 | } | |
3994 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
3995 | { | |
3996 | CalcDimensions(); | |
3997 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
3998 | } | |
3999 | } | |
4000 | result = TRUE; | |
4001 | break; | |
4002 | ||
4003 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: | |
4004 | { | |
4005 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4006 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
4007 | m_numRows -= numRows; | |
4008 | ||
4009 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
4010 | { | |
4011 | for ( i = 0; i < numRows; i++ ) | |
4012 | { | |
4013 | m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos ); | |
4014 | m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos ); | |
4015 | } | |
4016 | ||
4017 | int h = 0; | |
4018 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
4019 | { | |
4020 | h += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
4021 | m_rowBottoms[i] = h; | |
4022 | } | |
4023 | } | |
4024 | if ( !m_numRows ) | |
4025 | { | |
4026 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4027 | } | |
4028 | else | |
4029 | { | |
4030 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows ) | |
4031 | m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); | |
4032 | } | |
4033 | m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); | |
4034 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
4035 | if (attrProvider) { | |
4036 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); | |
4037 | // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans | |
4038 | #if 0 | |
4039 | // No need to touch column attributes, unless we | |
4040 | // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove | |
4041 | // all column attributes. | |
4042 | // I hate to do this here, but the | |
4043 | // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows. | |
4044 | if ( !GetNumberRows() ) | |
4045 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() ); | |
4046 | #endif | |
4047 | } | |
4048 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4049 | { | |
4050 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4051 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4052 | } | |
4053 | } | |
4054 | result = TRUE; | |
4055 | break; | |
4056 | ||
4057 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: | |
4058 | { | |
4059 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4060 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
4061 | m_numCols += numCols; | |
4062 | ||
4063 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
4064 | { | |
4065 | for ( i = 0; i < numCols; i++ ) | |
4066 | { | |
4067 | m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos ); | |
4068 | m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos ); | |
4069 | } | |
4070 | ||
4071 | int right = 0; | |
4072 | if ( pos > 0 ) right = m_colRights[pos-1]; | |
4073 | ||
4074 | for ( i = pos; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
4075 | { | |
4076 | right += m_colWidths[i]; | |
4077 | m_colRights[i] = right; | |
4078 | } | |
4079 | } | |
4080 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4081 | { | |
4082 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
4083 | // cell will be undefined... | |
4084 | // | |
4085 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
4086 | } | |
4087 | m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols ); | |
4088 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
4089 | if (attrProvider) | |
4090 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
4091 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4092 | { | |
4093 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4094 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4095 | } | |
4096 | ||
4097 | } | |
4098 | result = TRUE; | |
4099 | break; | |
4100 | ||
4101 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: | |
4102 | { | |
4103 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4104 | int oldNumCols = m_numCols; | |
4105 | m_numCols += numCols; | |
4106 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
4107 | { | |
4108 | for ( i = 0; i < numCols; i++ ) | |
4109 | { | |
4110 | m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth ); | |
4111 | m_colRights.Add( 0 ); | |
4112 | } | |
4113 | ||
4114 | int right = 0; | |
4115 | if ( oldNumCols > 0 ) right = m_colRights[oldNumCols-1]; | |
4116 | ||
4117 | for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
4118 | { | |
4119 | right += m_colWidths[i]; | |
4120 | m_colRights[i] = right; | |
4121 | } | |
4122 | } | |
4123 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4124 | { | |
4125 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
4126 | // cell will be undefined... | |
4127 | // | |
4128 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
4129 | } | |
4130 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4131 | { | |
4132 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4133 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4134 | } | |
4135 | } | |
4136 | result = TRUE; | |
4137 | break; | |
4138 | ||
4139 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: | |
4140 | { | |
4141 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4142 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
4143 | m_numCols -= numCols; | |
4144 | ||
4145 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
4146 | { | |
4147 | for ( i = 0; i < numCols; i++ ) | |
4148 | { | |
4149 | m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos ); | |
4150 | m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos ); | |
4151 | } | |
4152 | ||
4153 | int w = 0; | |
4154 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
4155 | { | |
4156 | w += m_colWidths[i]; | |
4157 | m_colRights[i] = w; | |
4158 | } | |
4159 | } | |
4160 | if ( !m_numCols ) | |
4161 | { | |
4162 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4163 | } | |
4164 | else | |
4165 | { | |
4166 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols ) | |
4167 | m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); | |
4168 | } | |
4169 | m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); | |
4170 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
4171 | if (attrProvider) { | |
4172 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); | |
4173 | // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans | |
4174 | #if 0 | |
4175 | // No need to touch row attributes, unless we | |
4176 | // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove | |
4177 | // all row attributes. | |
4178 | // I hate to do this here, but the | |
4179 | // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols. | |
4180 | if ( !GetNumberCols() ) | |
4181 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() ); | |
4182 | #endif | |
4183 | } | |
4184 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4185 | { | |
4186 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4187 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4188 | } | |
4189 | } | |
4190 | result = TRUE; | |
4191 | break; | |
4192 | } | |
4193 | ||
4194 | if (result && !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4195 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
4196 | return result; | |
4197 | } | |
4198 | ||
4199 | ||
4200 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) | |
4201 | { | |
4202 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
4203 | wxRect r; | |
4204 | ||
4205 | wxArrayInt rowlabels; | |
4206 | ||
4207 | int top, bottom; | |
4208 | while ( iter ) | |
4209 | { | |
4210 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
4211 | ||
4212 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
4213 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
4214 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
4215 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
4216 | // | |
4217 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
4218 | int cw, ch; | |
4219 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4220 | if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 ); | |
4221 | r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); | |
4222 | #endif | |
4223 | ||
4224 | // logical bounds of update region | |
4225 | // | |
4226 | int dummy; | |
4227 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top ); | |
4228 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom ); | |
4229 | ||
4230 | // find the row labels within these bounds | |
4231 | // | |
4232 | int row; | |
4233 | for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
4234 | { | |
4235 | if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top ) | |
4236 | continue; | |
4237 | ||
4238 | if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) | |
4239 | break; | |
4240 | ||
4241 | rowlabels.Add( row ); | |
4242 | } | |
4243 | ||
4244 | iter++ ; | |
4245 | } | |
4246 | ||
4247 | return rowlabels; | |
4248 | } | |
4249 | ||
4250 | ||
4251 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) | |
4252 | { | |
4253 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
4254 | wxRect r; | |
4255 | ||
4256 | wxArrayInt colLabels; | |
4257 | ||
4258 | int left, right; | |
4259 | while ( iter ) | |
4260 | { | |
4261 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
4262 | ||
4263 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
4264 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
4265 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
4266 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
4267 | // | |
4268 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
4269 | int cw, ch; | |
4270 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4271 | if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 ); | |
4272 | r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); | |
4273 | #endif | |
4274 | ||
4275 | // logical bounds of update region | |
4276 | // | |
4277 | int dummy; | |
4278 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
4279 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy ); | |
4280 | ||
4281 | // find the cells within these bounds | |
4282 | // | |
4283 | int col; | |
4284 | for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
4285 | { | |
4286 | if ( GetColRight(col) < left ) | |
4287 | continue; | |
4288 | ||
4289 | if ( GetColLeft(col) > right ) | |
4290 | break; | |
4291 | ||
4292 | colLabels.Add( col ); | |
4293 | } | |
4294 | ||
4295 | iter++ ; | |
4296 | } | |
4297 | return colLabels; | |
4298 | } | |
4299 | ||
4300 | ||
4301 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) | |
4302 | { | |
4303 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
4304 | wxRect r; | |
4305 | ||
4306 | wxGridCellCoordsArray cellsExposed; | |
4307 | ||
4308 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
4309 | while ( iter ) | |
4310 | { | |
4311 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
4312 | ||
4313 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
4314 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
4315 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
4316 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
4317 | // | |
4318 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
4319 | int cw, ch; | |
4320 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4321 | if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 ); | |
4322 | if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 ); | |
4323 | r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); | |
4324 | r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); | |
4325 | #endif | |
4326 | ||
4327 | // logical bounds of update region | |
4328 | // | |
4329 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
4330 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
4331 | ||
4332 | // find the cells within these bounds | |
4333 | // | |
4334 | int row, col; | |
4335 | for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
4336 | { | |
4337 | if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top ) | |
4338 | continue; | |
4339 | ||
4340 | if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) | |
4341 | break; | |
4342 | ||
4343 | ||
4344 | for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
4345 | { | |
4346 | if ( GetColRight(col) <= left ) | |
4347 | continue; | |
4348 | ||
4349 | if ( GetColLeft(col) > right ) | |
4350 | break; | |
4351 | ||
4352 | cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) ); | |
4353 | } | |
4354 | } | |
4355 | ||
4356 | iter++; | |
4357 | } | |
4358 | ||
4359 | return cellsExposed; | |
4360 | } | |
4361 | ||
4362 | ||
4363 | void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4364 | { | |
4365 | int x, y, row; | |
4366 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
4367 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
4368 | ||
4369 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
4370 | { | |
4371 | m_isDragging = TRUE; | |
4372 | ||
4373 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) | |
4374 | { | |
4375 | switch( m_cursorMode ) | |
4376 | { | |
4377 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
4378 | { | |
4379 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; | |
4380 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4381 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
4382 | ||
4383 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
4384 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
4385 | y = wxMax( y, | |
4386 | GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
4387 | GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) ); | |
4388 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
4389 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
4390 | { | |
4391 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); | |
4392 | } | |
4393 | dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y ); | |
4394 | m_dragLastPos = y; | |
4395 | } | |
4396 | break; | |
4397 | ||
4398 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW: | |
4399 | if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 ) | |
4400 | { | |
4401 | m_selection->SelectRow( row, | |
4402 | event.ControlDown(), | |
4403 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
4404 | event.AltDown(), | |
4405 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
4406 | } | |
4407 | ||
4408 | // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value | |
4409 | // 'xxx' not handled in switch | |
4410 | default: | |
4411 | break; | |
4412 | } | |
4413 | } | |
4414 | return; | |
4415 | } | |
4416 | ||
4417 | m_isDragging = FALSE; | |
4418 | ||
4419 | ||
4420 | // ------------ Entering or leaving the window | |
4421 | // | |
4422 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
4423 | { | |
4424 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); | |
4425 | } | |
4426 | ||
4427 | ||
4428 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
4429 | // | |
4430 | else if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
4431 | { | |
4432 | // don't send a label click event for a hit on the | |
4433 | // edge of the row label - this is probably the user | |
4434 | // wanting to resize the row | |
4435 | // | |
4436 | if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
4437 | { | |
4438 | row = YToRow(y); | |
4439 | if ( row >= 0 && | |
4440 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
4441 | { | |
4442 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.ControlDown() ) | |
4443 | ClearSelection(); | |
4444 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
4445 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
4446 | 0, | |
4447 | row, | |
4448 | GetNumberCols() - 1, | |
4449 | event.ControlDown(), | |
4450 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
4451 | event.AltDown(), | |
4452 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
4453 | else | |
4454 | m_selection->SelectRow( row, | |
4455 | event.ControlDown(), | |
4456 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
4457 | event.AltDown(), | |
4458 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
4459 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); | |
4460 | } | |
4461 | } | |
4462 | else | |
4463 | { | |
4464 | // starting to drag-resize a row | |
4465 | // | |
4466 | if ( CanDragRowSize() ) | |
4467 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); | |
4468 | } | |
4469 | } | |
4470 | ||
4471 | ||
4472 | // ------------ Left double click | |
4473 | // | |
4474 | else if (event.LeftDClick() ) | |
4475 | { | |
4476 | if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
4477 | { | |
4478 | row = YToRow(y); | |
4479 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ); | |
4480 | } | |
4481 | } | |
4482 | ||
4483 | ||
4484 | // ------------ Left button released | |
4485 | // | |
4486 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
4487 | { | |
4488 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
4489 | { | |
4490 | DoEndDragResizeRow(); | |
4491 | ||
4492 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
4493 | // default processing in this case | |
4494 | // | |
4495 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event ); | |
4496 | } | |
4497 | ||
4498 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); | |
4499 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
4500 | } | |
4501 | ||
4502 | ||
4503 | // ------------ Right button down | |
4504 | // | |
4505 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
4506 | { | |
4507 | row = YToRow(y); | |
4508 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
4509 | { | |
4510 | // no default action at the moment | |
4511 | } | |
4512 | } | |
4513 | ||
4514 | ||
4515 | // ------------ Right double click | |
4516 | // | |
4517 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
4518 | { | |
4519 | row = YToRow(y); | |
4520 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
4521 | { | |
4522 | // no default action at the moment | |
4523 | } | |
4524 | } | |
4525 | ||
4526 | ||
4527 | // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving | |
4528 | // | |
4529 | else if ( event.Moving() ) | |
4530 | { | |
4531 | m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y ); | |
4532 | if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 ) | |
4533 | { | |
4534 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
4535 | { | |
4536 | // don't capture the mouse yet | |
4537 | if ( CanDragRowSize() ) | |
4538 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, FALSE); | |
4539 | } | |
4540 | } | |
4541 | else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
4542 | { | |
4543 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, FALSE); | |
4544 | } | |
4545 | } | |
4546 | } | |
4547 | ||
4548 | ||
4549 | void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4550 | { | |
4551 | int x, y, col; | |
4552 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
4553 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
4554 | ||
4555 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
4556 | { | |
4557 | m_isDragging = TRUE; | |
4558 | ||
4559 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) | |
4560 | { | |
4561 | switch( m_cursorMode ) | |
4562 | { | |
4563 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
4564 | { | |
4565 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; | |
4566 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4567 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); | |
4568 | ||
4569 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
4570 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
4571 | ||
4572 | x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
4573 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol)); | |
4574 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
4575 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
4576 | { | |
4577 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch ); | |
4578 | } | |
4579 | dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top+ch ); | |
4580 | m_dragLastPos = x; | |
4581 | } | |
4582 | break; | |
4583 | ||
4584 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL: | |
4585 | if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 ) | |
4586 | { | |
4587 | m_selection->SelectCol( col, | |
4588 | event.ControlDown(), | |
4589 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
4590 | event.AltDown(), | |
4591 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
4592 | } | |
4593 | ||
4594 | // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value | |
4595 | // 'xxx' not handled in switch | |
4596 | default: | |
4597 | break; | |
4598 | } | |
4599 | } | |
4600 | return; | |
4601 | } | |
4602 | ||
4603 | m_isDragging = FALSE; | |
4604 | ||
4605 | ||
4606 | // ------------ Entering or leaving the window | |
4607 | // | |
4608 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
4609 | { | |
4610 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); | |
4611 | } | |
4612 | ||
4613 | ||
4614 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
4615 | // | |
4616 | else if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
4617 | { | |
4618 | // don't send a label click event for a hit on the | |
4619 | // edge of the col label - this is probably the user | |
4620 | // wanting to resize the col | |
4621 | // | |
4622 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 ) | |
4623 | { | |
4624 | col = XToCol(x); | |
4625 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
4626 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
4627 | { | |
4628 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.ControlDown() ) | |
4629 | ClearSelection(); | |
4630 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
4631 | m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, | |
4632 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), | |
4633 | GetNumberRows() - 1, col, | |
4634 | event.ControlDown(), | |
4635 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
4636 | event.AltDown(), | |
4637 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
4638 | else | |
4639 | m_selection->SelectCol( col, | |
4640 | event.ControlDown(), | |
4641 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
4642 | event.AltDown(), | |
4643 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
4644 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin); | |
4645 | } | |
4646 | } | |
4647 | else | |
4648 | { | |
4649 | // starting to drag-resize a col | |
4650 | // | |
4651 | if ( CanDragColSize() ) | |
4652 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin); | |
4653 | } | |
4654 | } | |
4655 | ||
4656 | ||
4657 | // ------------ Left double click | |
4658 | // | |
4659 | if ( event.LeftDClick() ) | |
4660 | { | |
4661 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 ) | |
4662 | { | |
4663 | col = XToCol(x); | |
4664 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ); | |
4665 | } | |
4666 | } | |
4667 | ||
4668 | ||
4669 | // ------------ Left button released | |
4670 | // | |
4671 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
4672 | { | |
4673 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) | |
4674 | { | |
4675 | DoEndDragResizeCol(); | |
4676 | ||
4677 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
4678 | // default processing in this case | |
4679 | // | |
4680 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event ); | |
4681 | } | |
4682 | ||
4683 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); | |
4684 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
4685 | } | |
4686 | ||
4687 | ||
4688 | // ------------ Right button down | |
4689 | // | |
4690 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
4691 | { | |
4692 | col = XToCol(x); | |
4693 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
4694 | { | |
4695 | // no default action at the moment | |
4696 | } | |
4697 | } | |
4698 | ||
4699 | ||
4700 | // ------------ Right double click | |
4701 | // | |
4702 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
4703 | { | |
4704 | col = XToCol(x); | |
4705 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
4706 | { | |
4707 | // no default action at the moment | |
4708 | } | |
4709 | } | |
4710 | ||
4711 | ||
4712 | // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving | |
4713 | // | |
4714 | else if ( event.Moving() ) | |
4715 | { | |
4716 | m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x ); | |
4717 | if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 ) | |
4718 | { | |
4719 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
4720 | { | |
4721 | // don't capture the cursor yet | |
4722 | if ( CanDragColSize() ) | |
4723 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, FALSE); | |
4724 | } | |
4725 | } | |
4726 | else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
4727 | { | |
4728 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, FALSE); | |
4729 | } | |
4730 | } | |
4731 | } | |
4732 | ||
4733 | ||
4734 | void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4735 | { | |
4736 | if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
4737 | { | |
4738 | // indicate corner label by having both row and | |
4739 | // col args == -1 | |
4740 | // | |
4741 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
4742 | { | |
4743 | SelectAll(); | |
4744 | } | |
4745 | } | |
4746 | ||
4747 | else if ( event.LeftDClick() ) | |
4748 | { | |
4749 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ); | |
4750 | } | |
4751 | ||
4752 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
4753 | { | |
4754 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
4755 | { | |
4756 | // no default action at the moment | |
4757 | } | |
4758 | } | |
4759 | ||
4760 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
4761 | { | |
4762 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
4763 | { | |
4764 | // no default action at the moment | |
4765 | } | |
4766 | } | |
4767 | } | |
4768 | ||
4769 | void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode, | |
4770 | wxWindow *win, | |
4771 | bool captureMouse) | |
4772 | { | |
4773 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ | |
4774 | static const wxChar *cursorModes[] = | |
4775 | { | |
4776 | _T("SELECT_CELL"), | |
4777 | _T("RESIZE_ROW"), | |
4778 | _T("RESIZE_COL"), | |
4779 | _T("SELECT_ROW"), | |
4780 | _T("SELECT_COL") | |
4781 | }; | |
4782 | ||
4783 | wxLogTrace(_T("grid"), | |
4784 | _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"), | |
4785 | win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin") | |
4786 | : win ? _T("rowLabelWin") | |
4787 | : _T("gridWin"), | |
4788 | cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]); | |
4789 | #endif // __WXDEBUG__ | |
4790 | ||
4791 | if ( mode == m_cursorMode && | |
4792 | win == m_winCapture && | |
4793 | captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL)) | |
4794 | return; | |
4795 | ||
4796 | if ( !win ) | |
4797 | { | |
4798 | // by default use the grid itself | |
4799 | win = m_gridWin; | |
4800 | } | |
4801 | ||
4802 | if ( m_winCapture ) | |
4803 | { | |
4804 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); | |
4805 | m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL; | |
4806 | } | |
4807 | ||
4808 | m_cursorMode = mode; | |
4809 | ||
4810 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
4811 | { | |
4812 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
4813 | win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor ); | |
4814 | break; | |
4815 | ||
4816 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
4817 | win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor ); | |
4818 | break; | |
4819 | ||
4820 | default: | |
4821 | win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); | |
4822 | } | |
4823 | ||
4824 | // we need to capture mouse when resizing | |
4825 | bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW || | |
4826 | m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL; | |
4827 | ||
4828 | if ( captureMouse && resize ) | |
4829 | { | |
4830 | win->CaptureMouse(); | |
4831 | m_winCapture = win; | |
4832 | } | |
4833 | } | |
4834 | ||
4835 | void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4836 | { | |
4837 | int x, y; | |
4838 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
4839 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
4840 | ||
4841 | wxGridCellCoords coords; | |
4842 | XYToCell( x, y, coords ); | |
4843 | ||
4844 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
4845 | { | |
4846 | //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol()); | |
4847 | ||
4848 | // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been drug at | |
4849 | // least 3 pixels in any direction... | |
4850 | if (! m_isDragging) | |
4851 | { | |
4852 | if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition) | |
4853 | { | |
4854 | m_startDragPos = pos; | |
4855 | return; | |
4856 | } | |
4857 | if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4) | |
4858 | return; | |
4859 | } | |
4860 | ||
4861 | m_isDragging = TRUE; | |
4862 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
4863 | { | |
4864 | // Hide the edit control, so it | |
4865 | // won't interfer with drag-shrinking. | |
4866 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
4867 | { | |
4868 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
4869 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
4870 | } | |
4871 | ||
4872 | // Have we captured the mouse yet? | |
4873 | if (! m_winCapture) | |
4874 | { | |
4875 | m_winCapture = m_gridWin; | |
4876 | m_winCapture->CaptureMouse(); | |
4877 | } | |
4878 | ||
4879 | if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4880 | { | |
4881 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
4882 | { | |
4883 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords) | |
4884 | m_selectingKeyboard = coords; | |
4885 | HighlightBlock ( m_selectingKeyboard, coords ); | |
4886 | } | |
4887 | else | |
4888 | { | |
4889 | if ( !IsSelection() ) | |
4890 | { | |
4891 | HighlightBlock( coords, coords ); | |
4892 | } | |
4893 | else | |
4894 | { | |
4895 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords ); | |
4896 | } | |
4897 | } | |
4898 | ||
4899 | if (! IsVisible(coords)) | |
4900 | { | |
4901 | MakeCellVisible(coords); | |
4902 | // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here. The | |
4903 | // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK. | |
4904 | } | |
4905 | } | |
4906 | } | |
4907 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
4908 | { | |
4909 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; | |
4910 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4911 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
4912 | ||
4913 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
4914 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
4915 | y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
4916 | GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) ); | |
4917 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
4918 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
4919 | { | |
4920 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); | |
4921 | } | |
4922 | dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y ); | |
4923 | m_dragLastPos = y; | |
4924 | } | |
4925 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) | |
4926 | { | |
4927 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; | |
4928 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4929 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); | |
4930 | ||
4931 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
4932 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
4933 | x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
4934 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ); | |
4935 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
4936 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
4937 | { | |
4938 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch ); | |
4939 | } | |
4940 | dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top+ch ); | |
4941 | m_dragLastPos = x; | |
4942 | } | |
4943 | ||
4944 | return; | |
4945 | } | |
4946 | ||
4947 | m_isDragging = FALSE; | |
4948 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; | |
4949 | ||
4950 | // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL | |
4951 | // immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under | |
4952 | // wxGTK | |
4953 | #if 0 | |
4954 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
4955 | { | |
4956 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
4957 | m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); | |
4958 | } | |
4959 | else | |
4960 | #endif // 0 | |
4961 | ||
4962 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
4963 | // | |
4964 | if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4965 | { | |
4966 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, | |
4967 | coords.GetRow(), | |
4968 | coords.GetCol(), | |
4969 | event ) ) | |
4970 | { | |
4971 | if ( !event.ControlDown() ) | |
4972 | ClearSelection(); | |
4973 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
4974 | { | |
4975 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
4976 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), | |
4977 | coords.GetRow(), | |
4978 | coords.GetCol(), | |
4979 | event.ControlDown(), | |
4980 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
4981 | event.AltDown(), | |
4982 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
4983 | } | |
4984 | else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && | |
4985 | YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
4986 | { | |
4987 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
4988 | MakeCellVisible( coords ); | |
4989 | ||
4990 | // if this is the second click on this cell then start | |
4991 | // the edit control | |
4992 | if ( m_waitForSlowClick && | |
4993 | (coords == m_currentCellCoords) && | |
4994 | CanEnableCellControl()) | |
4995 | { | |
4996 | EnableCellEditControl(); | |
4997 | ||
4998 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
4999 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, | |
5000 | coords.GetRow(), | |
5001 | coords.GetCol()); | |
5002 | editor->StartingClick(); | |
5003 | editor->DecRef(); | |
5004 | attr->DecRef(); | |
5005 | ||
5006 | m_waitForSlowClick = FALSE; | |
5007 | } | |
5008 | else | |
5009 | { | |
5010 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5011 | { | |
5012 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(), | |
5013 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5014 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5015 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5016 | event.AltDown(), | |
5017 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5018 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5019 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5020 | m_selectingKeyboard = coords; | |
5021 | } | |
5022 | else | |
5023 | { | |
5024 | SetCurrentCell( coords ); | |
5025 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() | |
5026 | != wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells) | |
5027 | HighlightBlock( coords, coords ); | |
5028 | } | |
5029 | m_waitForSlowClick = TRUE; | |
5030 | } | |
5031 | } | |
5032 | } | |
5033 | } | |
5034 | ||
5035 | ||
5036 | // ------------ Left double click | |
5037 | // | |
5038 | else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5039 | { | |
5040 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5041 | ||
5042 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
5043 | { | |
5044 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, | |
5045 | coords.GetRow(), | |
5046 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5047 | event ); | |
5048 | } | |
5049 | } | |
5050 | ||
5051 | ||
5052 | // ------------ Left button released | |
5053 | // | |
5054 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
5055 | { | |
5056 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5057 | { | |
5058 | if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
5059 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5060 | { | |
5061 | if (m_winCapture) | |
5062 | { | |
5063 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); | |
5064 | m_winCapture = NULL; | |
5065 | } | |
5066 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(), | |
5067 | m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(), | |
5068 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(), | |
5069 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(), | |
5070 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5071 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5072 | event.AltDown(), | |
5073 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5074 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5075 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5076 | } | |
5077 | ||
5078 | // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for | |
5079 | // drag-shrinking. | |
5080 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
5081 | } | |
5082 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
5083 | { | |
5084 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
5085 | DoEndDragResizeRow(); | |
5086 | ||
5087 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
5088 | // default processing in this case | |
5089 | // | |
5090 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event ); | |
5091 | } | |
5092 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) | |
5093 | { | |
5094 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
5095 | DoEndDragResizeCol(); | |
5096 | ||
5097 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
5098 | // default processing in this case | |
5099 | // | |
5100 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event ); | |
5101 | } | |
5102 | ||
5103 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
5104 | } | |
5105 | ||
5106 | ||
5107 | // ------------ Right button down | |
5108 | // | |
5109 | else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5110 | { | |
5111 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5112 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, | |
5113 | coords.GetRow(), | |
5114 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5115 | event ) ) | |
5116 | { | |
5117 | // no default action at the moment | |
5118 | } | |
5119 | } | |
5120 | ||
5121 | ||
5122 | // ------------ Right double click | |
5123 | // | |
5124 | else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5125 | { | |
5126 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5127 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, | |
5128 | coords.GetRow(), | |
5129 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5130 | event ) ) | |
5131 | { | |
5132 | // no default action at the moment | |
5133 | } | |
5134 | } | |
5135 | ||
5136 | // ------------ Moving and no button action | |
5137 | // | |
5138 | else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() ) | |
5139 | { | |
5140 | int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y ); | |
5141 | int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x ); | |
5142 | ||
5143 | // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both | |
5144 | // directions is not implemented yet... | |
5145 | // | |
5146 | if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 ) | |
5147 | { | |
5148 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
5149 | return; | |
5150 | } | |
5151 | ||
5152 | if ( dragRow >= 0 ) | |
5153 | { | |
5154 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow; | |
5155 | ||
5156 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5157 | { | |
5158 | if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() ) | |
5159 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW); | |
5160 | } | |
5161 | ||
5162 | if ( dragCol >= 0 ) | |
5163 | { | |
5164 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol; | |
5165 | } | |
5166 | ||
5167 | return; | |
5168 | } | |
5169 | ||
5170 | if ( dragCol >= 0 ) | |
5171 | { | |
5172 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol; | |
5173 | ||
5174 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5175 | { | |
5176 | if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() ) | |
5177 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL); | |
5178 | } | |
5179 | ||
5180 | return; | |
5181 | } | |
5182 | ||
5183 | // Neither on a row or col edge | |
5184 | // | |
5185 | if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5186 | { | |
5187 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
5188 | } | |
5189 | } | |
5190 | } | |
5191 | ||
5192 | ||
5193 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow() | |
5194 | { | |
5195 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5196 | { | |
5197 | // erase the last line and resize the row | |
5198 | // | |
5199 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; | |
5200 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5201 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
5202 | ||
5203 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
5204 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
5205 | dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT ); | |
5206 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); | |
5207 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
5208 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
5209 | ||
5210 | int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol); | |
5211 | SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol, | |
5212 | wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT ) ); | |
5213 | ||
5214 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
5215 | { | |
5216 | // Only needed to get the correct rect.y: | |
5217 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) ); | |
5218 | rect.x = 0; | |
5219 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
5220 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
5221 | rect.height = ch - rect.y; | |
5222 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect ); | |
5223 | rect.width = cw; | |
5224 | m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &rect ); | |
5225 | } | |
5226 | ||
5227 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
5228 | } | |
5229 | } | |
5230 | ||
5231 | ||
5232 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol() | |
5233 | { | |
5234 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5235 | { | |
5236 | // erase the last line and resize the col | |
5237 | // | |
5238 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; | |
5239 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5240 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); | |
5241 | ||
5242 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
5243 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
5244 | dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT ); | |
5245 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch ); | |
5246 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
5247 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
5248 | ||
5249 | int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol); | |
5250 | SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol, | |
5251 | wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft, | |
5252 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) ); | |
5253 | ||
5254 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
5255 | { | |
5256 | // Only needed to get the correct rect.x: | |
5257 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) ); | |
5258 | rect.y = 0; | |
5259 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy); | |
5260 | rect.width = cw - rect.x; | |
5261 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
5262 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect ); | |
5263 | rect.height = ch; | |
5264 | m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &rect ); | |
5265 | } | |
5266 | ||
5267 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
5268 | } | |
5269 | } | |
5270 | ||
5271 | ||
5272 | ||
5273 | // | |
5274 | // ------ interaction with data model | |
5275 | // | |
5276 | bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) | |
5277 | { | |
5278 | switch ( msg.GetId() ) | |
5279 | { | |
5280 | case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES: | |
5281 | return GetModelValues(); | |
5282 | ||
5283 | case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES: | |
5284 | return SetModelValues(); | |
5285 | ||
5286 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: | |
5287 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: | |
5288 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: | |
5289 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: | |
5290 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: | |
5291 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: | |
5292 | return Redimension( msg ); | |
5293 | ||
5294 | default: | |
5295 | return FALSE; | |
5296 | } | |
5297 | } | |
5298 | ||
5299 | ||
5300 | ||
5301 | // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class | |
5302 | // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the | |
5303 | // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but | |
5304 | // not to change the number of rows or cols. | |
5305 | // | |
5306 | void wxGrid::ClearGrid() | |
5307 | { | |
5308 | if ( m_table ) | |
5309 | { | |
5310 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
5311 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5312 | ||
5313 | m_table->Clear(); | |
5314 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
5315 | } | |
5316 | } | |
5317 | ||
5318 | ||
5319 | bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
5320 | { | |
5321 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
5322 | ||
5323 | if ( !m_created ) | |
5324 | { | |
5325 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
5326 | return FALSE; | |
5327 | } | |
5328 | ||
5329 | if ( m_table ) | |
5330 | { | |
5331 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
5332 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5333 | ||
5334 | return m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows ); | |
5335 | ||
5336 | // the table will have sent the results of the insert row | |
5337 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
5338 | } | |
5339 | return FALSE; | |
5340 | } | |
5341 | ||
5342 | ||
5343 | bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
5344 | { | |
5345 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
5346 | ||
5347 | if ( !m_created ) | |
5348 | { | |
5349 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
5350 | return FALSE; | |
5351 | } | |
5352 | ||
5353 | return ( m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows ) ); | |
5354 | // the table will have sent the results of the append row | |
5355 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
5356 | } | |
5357 | ||
5358 | ||
5359 | bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
5360 | { | |
5361 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
5362 | ||
5363 | if ( !m_created ) | |
5364 | { | |
5365 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
5366 | return FALSE; | |
5367 | } | |
5368 | ||
5369 | if ( m_table ) | |
5370 | { | |
5371 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
5372 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5373 | ||
5374 | return (m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows )); | |
5375 | // the table will have sent the results of the delete row | |
5376 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
5377 | } | |
5378 | return FALSE; | |
5379 | } | |
5380 | ||
5381 | ||
5382 | bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
5383 | { | |
5384 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
5385 | ||
5386 | if ( !m_created ) | |
5387 | { | |
5388 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
5389 | return FALSE; | |
5390 | } | |
5391 | ||
5392 | if ( m_table ) | |
5393 | { | |
5394 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
5395 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5396 | ||
5397 | return m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols ); | |
5398 | // the table will have sent the results of the insert col | |
5399 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
5400 | } | |
5401 | return FALSE; | |
5402 | } | |
5403 | ||
5404 | ||
5405 | bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
5406 | { | |
5407 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
5408 | ||
5409 | if ( !m_created ) | |
5410 | { | |
5411 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
5412 | return FALSE; | |
5413 | } | |
5414 | ||
5415 | return ( m_table && m_table->AppendCols( numCols ) ); | |
5416 | // the table will have sent the results of the append col | |
5417 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
5418 | } | |
5419 | ||
5420 | ||
5421 | bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
5422 | { | |
5423 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
5424 | ||
5425 | if ( !m_created ) | |
5426 | { | |
5427 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
5428 | return FALSE; | |
5429 | } | |
5430 | ||
5431 | if ( m_table ) | |
5432 | { | |
5433 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
5434 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5435 | ||
5436 | return ( m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols ) ); | |
5437 | // the table will have sent the results of the delete col | |
5438 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
5439 | } | |
5440 | return FALSE; | |
5441 | } | |
5442 | ||
5443 | ||
5444 | ||
5445 | // | |
5446 | // ----- event handlers | |
5447 | // | |
5448 | ||
5449 | // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and | |
5450 | // return the result of ProcessEvent() | |
5451 | // | |
5452 | bool wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type, | |
5453 | int row, int col, | |
5454 | wxMouseEvent& mouseEv ) | |
5455 | { | |
5456 | if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE ) | |
5457 | { | |
5458 | int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row); | |
5459 | ||
5460 | wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
5461 | type, | |
5462 | this, | |
5463 | rowOrCol, | |
5464 | mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(), | |
5465 | mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(), | |
5466 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), | |
5467 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), | |
5468 | mouseEv.AltDown(), | |
5469 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); | |
5470 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
5471 | } | |
5472 | else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT ) | |
5473 | { | |
5474 | // Right now, it should _never_ end up here! | |
5475 | wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
5476 | type, | |
5477 | this, | |
5478 | m_selectingTopLeft, | |
5479 | m_selectingBottomRight, | |
5480 | TRUE, | |
5481 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), | |
5482 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), | |
5483 | mouseEv.AltDown(), | |
5484 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); | |
5485 | ||
5486 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
5487 | } | |
5488 | else | |
5489 | { | |
5490 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
5491 | type, | |
5492 | this, | |
5493 | row, col, | |
5494 | mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(), | |
5495 | mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(), | |
5496 | FALSE, | |
5497 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), | |
5498 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), | |
5499 | mouseEv.AltDown(), | |
5500 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); | |
5501 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
5502 | } | |
5503 | } | |
5504 | ||
5505 | ||
5506 | // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result | |
5507 | // of ProcessEvent(). | |
5508 | // | |
5509 | bool wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type, | |
5510 | int row, int col ) | |
5511 | { | |
5512 | if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE ) | |
5513 | { | |
5514 | int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row); | |
5515 | ||
5516 | wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
5517 | type, | |
5518 | this, | |
5519 | rowOrCol ); | |
5520 | ||
5521 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
5522 | } | |
5523 | else | |
5524 | { | |
5525 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
5526 | type, | |
5527 | this, | |
5528 | row, col ); | |
5529 | ||
5530 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
5531 | } | |
5532 | } | |
5533 | ||
5534 | ||
5535 | void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
5536 | { | |
5537 | wxPaintDC dc(this); // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW | |
5538 | } | |
5539 | ||
5540 | ||
5541 | // This is just here to make sure that CalcDimensions gets called when | |
5542 | // the grid view is resized... then the size event is skipped to allow | |
5543 | // the box sizers to handle everything | |
5544 | // | |
5545 | void wxGrid::OnSize( wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
5546 | { | |
5547 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
5548 | CalcDimensions(); | |
5549 | } | |
5550 | ||
5551 | ||
5552 | void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
5553 | { | |
5554 | if ( m_inOnKeyDown ) | |
5555 | { | |
5556 | // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles... | |
5557 | // | |
5558 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") ); | |
5559 | } | |
5560 | ||
5561 | m_inOnKeyDown = TRUE; | |
5562 | ||
5563 | // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed | |
5564 | // | |
5565 | wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); | |
5566 | wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event ); | |
5567 | keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent ); | |
5568 | ||
5569 | if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) ) | |
5570 | { | |
5571 | ||
5572 | // try local handlers | |
5573 | // | |
5574 | switch ( event.KeyCode() ) | |
5575 | { | |
5576 | case WXK_UP: | |
5577 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5578 | { | |
5579 | MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5580 | } | |
5581 | else | |
5582 | { | |
5583 | MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5584 | } | |
5585 | break; | |
5586 | ||
5587 | case WXK_DOWN: | |
5588 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5589 | { | |
5590 | MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5591 | } | |
5592 | else | |
5593 | { | |
5594 | MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5595 | } | |
5596 | break; | |
5597 | ||
5598 | case WXK_LEFT: | |
5599 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5600 | { | |
5601 | MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5602 | } | |
5603 | else | |
5604 | { | |
5605 | MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5606 | } | |
5607 | break; | |
5608 | ||
5609 | case WXK_RIGHT: | |
5610 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5611 | { | |
5612 | MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5613 | } | |
5614 | else | |
5615 | { | |
5616 | MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5617 | } | |
5618 | break; | |
5619 | ||
5620 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
5621 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: | |
5622 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5623 | { | |
5624 | event.Skip(); // to let the edit control have the return | |
5625 | } | |
5626 | else | |
5627 | { | |
5628 | if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 ) | |
5629 | { | |
5630 | MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5631 | } | |
5632 | else | |
5633 | { | |
5634 | // at the bottom of a column | |
5635 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
5636 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
5637 | } | |
5638 | } | |
5639 | break; | |
5640 | ||
5641 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
5642 | ClearSelection(); | |
5643 | break; | |
5644 | ||
5645 | case WXK_TAB: | |
5646 | if (event.ShiftDown()) | |
5647 | { | |
5648 | if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 ) | |
5649 | { | |
5650 | MoveCursorLeft( FALSE ); | |
5651 | } | |
5652 | else | |
5653 | { | |
5654 | // at left of grid | |
5655 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
5656 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
5657 | } | |
5658 | } | |
5659 | else | |
5660 | { | |
5661 | if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols()-1 ) | |
5662 | { | |
5663 | MoveCursorRight( FALSE ); | |
5664 | } | |
5665 | else | |
5666 | { | |
5667 | // at right of grid | |
5668 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
5669 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
5670 | } | |
5671 | } | |
5672 | break; | |
5673 | ||
5674 | case WXK_HOME: | |
5675 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5676 | { | |
5677 | MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 ); | |
5678 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
5679 | } | |
5680 | else | |
5681 | { | |
5682 | event.Skip(); | |
5683 | } | |
5684 | break; | |
5685 | ||
5686 | case WXK_END: | |
5687 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5688 | { | |
5689 | MakeCellVisible( m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 ); | |
5690 | SetCurrentCell( m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 ); | |
5691 | } | |
5692 | else | |
5693 | { | |
5694 | event.Skip(); | |
5695 | } | |
5696 | break; | |
5697 | ||
5698 | case WXK_PRIOR: | |
5699 | MovePageUp(); | |
5700 | break; | |
5701 | ||
5702 | case WXK_NEXT: | |
5703 | MovePageDown(); | |
5704 | break; | |
5705 | ||
5706 | case WXK_SPACE: | |
5707 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5708 | { | |
5709 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
5710 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), | |
5711 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5712 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5713 | event.AltDown(), | |
5714 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5715 | break; | |
5716 | } | |
5717 | if ( !IsEditable() ) | |
5718 | { | |
5719 | MoveCursorRight( FALSE ); | |
5720 | break; | |
5721 | } | |
5722 | // Otherwise fall through to default | |
5723 | ||
5724 | default: | |
5725 | // is it possible to edit the current cell at all? | |
5726 | if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() ) | |
5727 | { | |
5728 | // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key | |
5729 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
5730 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
5731 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
5732 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
5733 | ||
5734 | // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for | |
5735 | // other keys - ask the editor itself | |
5736 | if ( (event.KeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers()) | |
5737 | || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
5738 | { | |
5739 | EnableCellEditControl(); | |
5740 | editor->StartingKey(event); | |
5741 | } | |
5742 | else | |
5743 | { | |
5744 | event.Skip(); | |
5745 | } | |
5746 | ||
5747 | editor->DecRef(); | |
5748 | attr->DecRef(); | |
5749 | } | |
5750 | else | |
5751 | { | |
5752 | // let others process char events with modifiers or all | |
5753 | // char events for readonly cells | |
5754 | event.Skip(); | |
5755 | } | |
5756 | break; | |
5757 | } | |
5758 | } | |
5759 | ||
5760 | m_inOnKeyDown = FALSE; | |
5761 | } | |
5762 | ||
5763 | void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
5764 | { | |
5765 | // try local handlers | |
5766 | // | |
5767 | if ( event.KeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT ) | |
5768 | { | |
5769 | if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
5770 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5771 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(), | |
5772 | m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(), | |
5773 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(), | |
5774 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(), | |
5775 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5776 | TRUE, | |
5777 | event.AltDown(), | |
5778 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5779 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5780 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5781 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5782 | } | |
5783 | } | |
5784 | ||
5785 | void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&) | |
5786 | { | |
5787 | } | |
5788 | ||
5789 | void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
5790 | { | |
5791 | if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) ) | |
5792 | { | |
5793 | // the event has been intercepted - do nothing | |
5794 | return; | |
5795 | } | |
5796 | ||
5797 | wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); | |
5798 | PrepareDC(dc); | |
5799 | ||
5800 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5801 | { | |
5802 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
5803 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5804 | ||
5805 | if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, FALSE ) ) | |
5806 | { | |
5807 | wxRect r; | |
5808 | r = BlockToDeviceRect(m_currentCellCoords, coords); | |
5809 | if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
5810 | { | |
5811 | r.x--; | |
5812 | r.y--; | |
5813 | r.width++; | |
5814 | r.height++; | |
5815 | } | |
5816 | ||
5817 | wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r ); | |
5818 | ||
5819 | // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight! | |
5820 | m_currentCellCoords = coords; | |
5821 | ||
5822 | DrawGridCellArea(dc,cells); | |
5823 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, r ); | |
5824 | } | |
5825 | } | |
5826 | ||
5827 | m_currentCellCoords = coords; | |
5828 | ||
5829 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(coords); | |
5830 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); | |
5831 | attr->DecRef(); | |
5832 | } | |
5833 | ||
5834 | ||
5835 | void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol ) | |
5836 | { | |
5837 | int temp; | |
5838 | wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight; | |
5839 | ||
5840 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows ) | |
5841 | { | |
5842 | leftCol = 0; | |
5843 | rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1; | |
5844 | } | |
5845 | else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns ) | |
5846 | { | |
5847 | topRow = 0; | |
5848 | bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1; | |
5849 | } | |
5850 | if ( topRow > bottomRow ) | |
5851 | { | |
5852 | temp = topRow; | |
5853 | topRow = bottomRow; | |
5854 | bottomRow = temp; | |
5855 | } | |
5856 | ||
5857 | if ( leftCol > rightCol ) | |
5858 | { | |
5859 | temp = leftCol; | |
5860 | leftCol = rightCol; | |
5861 | rightCol = temp; | |
5862 | } | |
5863 | ||
5864 | updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol ); | |
5865 | updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol ); | |
5866 | ||
5867 | if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft || | |
5868 | m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight ) | |
5869 | { | |
5870 | // Compute two optimal update rectangles: | |
5871 | // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the | |
5872 | // other, or they are (almost) disjoint! | |
5873 | wxRect rect[4]; | |
5874 | bool need_refresh[4]; | |
5875 | need_refresh[0] = | |
5876 | need_refresh[1] = | |
5877 | need_refresh[2] = | |
5878 | need_refresh[3] = FALSE; | |
5879 | int i; | |
5880 | ||
5881 | // Store intermediate values | |
5882 | wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(); | |
5883 | wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(); | |
5884 | wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(); | |
5885 | wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(); | |
5886 | ||
5887 | // Determine the outer/inner coordinates. | |
5888 | if (oldLeft > leftCol) | |
5889 | { | |
5890 | temp = oldLeft; | |
5891 | oldLeft = leftCol; | |
5892 | leftCol = temp; | |
5893 | } | |
5894 | if (oldTop > topRow ) | |
5895 | { | |
5896 | temp = oldTop; | |
5897 | oldTop = topRow; | |
5898 | topRow = temp; | |
5899 | } | |
5900 | if (oldRight < rightCol ) | |
5901 | { | |
5902 | temp = oldRight; | |
5903 | oldRight = rightCol; | |
5904 | rightCol = temp; | |
5905 | } | |
5906 | if (oldBottom < bottomRow) | |
5907 | { | |
5908 | temp = oldBottom; | |
5909 | oldBottom = bottomRow; | |
5910 | bottomRow = temp; | |
5911 | } | |
5912 | ||
5913 | // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer | |
5914 | // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one | |
5915 | // is contained in the other. | |
5916 | ||
5917 | if ( oldLeft < leftCol ) | |
5918 | { | |
5919 | need_refresh[0] = TRUE; | |
5920 | rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop, | |
5921 | oldLeft ), | |
5922 | wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom, | |
5923 | leftCol - 1 ) ); | |
5924 | } | |
5925 | ||
5926 | if ( oldTop < topRow ) | |
5927 | { | |
5928 | need_refresh[1] = TRUE; | |
5929 | rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop, | |
5930 | leftCol ), | |
5931 | wxGridCellCoords ( topRow - 1, | |
5932 | rightCol ) ); | |
5933 | } | |
5934 | ||
5935 | if ( oldRight > rightCol ) | |
5936 | { | |
5937 | need_refresh[2] = TRUE; | |
5938 | rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop, | |
5939 | rightCol + 1 ), | |
5940 | wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom, | |
5941 | oldRight ) ); | |
5942 | } | |
5943 | ||
5944 | if ( oldBottom > bottomRow ) | |
5945 | { | |
5946 | need_refresh[3] = TRUE; | |
5947 | rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow + 1, | |
5948 | leftCol ), | |
5949 | wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom, | |
5950 | rightCol ) ); | |
5951 | } | |
5952 | ||
5953 | ||
5954 | // Change Selection | |
5955 | m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft; | |
5956 | m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight; | |
5957 | ||
5958 | // various Refresh() calls | |
5959 | for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) | |
5960 | if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
5961 | m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &(rect[i]) ); | |
5962 | } | |
5963 | ||
5964 | // never generate an event as it will be generated from | |
5965 | // wxGridSelection::SelectBlock! | |
5966 | // (old comment from when this was the body of SelectBlock) | |
5967 | } | |
5968 | ||
5969 | // | |
5970 | // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions) | |
5971 | // | |
5972 | ||
5973 | bool wxGrid::GetModelValues() | |
5974 | { | |
5975 | if ( m_table ) | |
5976 | { | |
5977 | // all we need to do is repaint the grid | |
5978 | // | |
5979 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
5980 | return TRUE; | |
5981 | } | |
5982 | ||
5983 | return FALSE; | |
5984 | } | |
5985 | ||
5986 | ||
5987 | bool wxGrid::SetModelValues() | |
5988 | { | |
5989 | int row, col; | |
5990 | ||
5991 | if ( m_table ) | |
5992 | { | |
5993 | for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
5994 | { | |
5995 | for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
5996 | { | |
5997 | m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) ); | |
5998 | } | |
5999 | } | |
6000 | ||
6001 | return TRUE; | |
6002 | } | |
6003 | ||
6004 | return FALSE; | |
6005 | } | |
6006 | ||
6007 | ||
6008 | ||
6009 | // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of | |
6010 | // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by | |
6011 | // CalcExposedCells) | |
6012 | // | |
6013 | void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells ) | |
6014 | { | |
6015 | if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols ) return; | |
6016 | ||
6017 | size_t i; | |
6018 | size_t numCells = cells.GetCount(); | |
6019 | ||
6020 | for ( i = 0; i < numCells; i++ ) | |
6021 | { | |
6022 | DrawCell( dc, cells[i] ); | |
6023 | } | |
6024 | } | |
6025 | ||
6026 | ||
6027 | void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc ) | |
6028 | { | |
6029 | int cw, ch; | |
6030 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
6031 | ||
6032 | int right, bottom; | |
6033 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
6034 | ||
6035 | int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) : 0; | |
6036 | int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0 ; | |
6037 | ||
6038 | if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow ) | |
6039 | { | |
6040 | int left, top; | |
6041 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
6042 | ||
6043 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) ); | |
6044 | dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); | |
6045 | ||
6046 | if ( right > rightCol ) | |
6047 | { | |
6048 | dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch); | |
6049 | } | |
6050 | ||
6051 | if ( bottom > bottomRow ) | |
6052 | { | |
6053 | dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow); | |
6054 | } | |
6055 | } | |
6056 | } | |
6057 | ||
6058 | ||
6059 | void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
6060 | { | |
6061 | int row = coords.GetRow(); | |
6062 | int col = coords.GetCol(); | |
6063 | ||
6064 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
6065 | return; | |
6066 | ||
6067 | // we draw the cell border ourselves | |
6068 | #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES | |
6069 | if ( m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
6070 | DrawCellBorder( dc, coords ); | |
6071 | #endif | |
6072 | ||
6073 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
6074 | ||
6075 | bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords; | |
6076 | ||
6077 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col ); | |
6078 | ||
6079 | // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer | |
6080 | // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden! | |
6081 | if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
6082 | { | |
6083 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
6084 | editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr); | |
6085 | editor->DecRef(); | |
6086 | } | |
6087 | else | |
6088 | { | |
6089 | // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be | |
6090 | // customized | |
6091 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
6092 | renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords)); | |
6093 | renderer->DecRef(); | |
6094 | } | |
6095 | ||
6096 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6097 | } | |
6098 | ||
6099 | void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr ) | |
6100 | { | |
6101 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6102 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
6103 | ||
6104 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
6105 | return; | |
6106 | ||
6107 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
6108 | ||
6109 | // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled? | |
6110 | // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but | |
6111 | // it doesn't look really good | |
6112 | ||
6113 | int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth; | |
6114 | ||
6115 | if (penWidth > 0) { | |
6116 | ||
6117 | // The center of th drawn line is where the position/width/height of | |
6118 | // the rectangle is actually at, (on wxMSW atr least,) so we will | |
6119 | // reduce the size of the rectangle to compensate for the thickness of | |
6120 | // the line. If this is too strange on non wxMSW platforms then | |
6121 | // please #ifdef this appropriately. | |
6122 | rect.x += penWidth/2; | |
6123 | rect.y += penWidth/2; | |
6124 | rect.width -= penWidth-1; | |
6125 | rect.height -= penWidth-1; | |
6126 | ||
6127 | ||
6128 | // Now draw the rectangle | |
6129 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxSOLID)); | |
6130 | dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); | |
6131 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
6132 | } | |
6133 | ||
6134 | #if 0 | |
6135 | // VZ: my experiments with 3d borders... | |
6136 | ||
6137 | // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg? | |
6138 | wxCoord x1 = rect.x, | |
6139 | y1 = rect.y, | |
6140 | x2 = rect.x + rect.width -1, | |
6141 | y2 = rect.y + rect.height -1; | |
6142 | ||
6143 | dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN); | |
6144 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1); | |
6145 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2); | |
6146 | ||
6147 | dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1); | |
6148 | dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2 ); | |
6149 | ||
6150 | dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); | |
6151 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2); | |
6152 | dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2+1); | |
6153 | #endif // 0 | |
6154 | } | |
6155 | ||
6156 | ||
6157 | void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
6158 | { | |
6159 | int row = coords.GetRow(); | |
6160 | int col = coords.GetCol(); | |
6161 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
6162 | return; | |
6163 | ||
6164 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) ); | |
6165 | ||
6166 | // right hand border | |
6167 | // | |
6168 | dc.DrawLine( GetColRight(col), GetRowTop(row), | |
6169 | GetColRight(col), GetRowBottom(row) ); | |
6170 | ||
6171 | // bottom border | |
6172 | // | |
6173 | dc.DrawLine( GetColLeft(col), GetRowBottom(row), | |
6174 | GetColRight(col), GetRowBottom(row) ); | |
6175 | } | |
6176 | ||
6177 | void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc,const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells) | |
6178 | { | |
6179 | // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't | |
6180 | // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB | |
6181 | // | |
6182 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
6183 | m_numRows && m_numCols ) | |
6184 | { | |
6185 | m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0); | |
6186 | } | |
6187 | ||
6188 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
6189 | { | |
6190 | // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown | |
6191 | return; | |
6192 | } | |
6193 | ||
6194 | // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it | |
6195 | // might have been damaged by the grid lines | |
6196 | size_t count = cells.GetCount(); | |
6197 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
6198 | { | |
6199 | if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords ) | |
6200 | { | |
6201 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
6202 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); | |
6203 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6204 | ||
6205 | break; | |
6206 | } | |
6207 | } | |
6208 | } | |
6209 | ||
6210 | // TODO: remove this ??? | |
6211 | // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour | |
6212 | // has been changed | |
6213 | // | |
6214 | void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) ) | |
6215 | { | |
6216 | if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || | |
6217 | !m_numRows || | |
6218 | !m_numCols ) return; | |
6219 | ||
6220 | int top, bottom, left, right; | |
6221 | ||
6222 | #if 0 //#ifndef __WXGTK__ | |
6223 | if (reg.IsEmpty()) | |
6224 | { | |
6225 | int cw, ch; | |
6226 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch); | |
6227 | ||
6228 | // virtual coords of visible area | |
6229 | // | |
6230 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
6231 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
6232 | } | |
6233 | else | |
6234 | { | |
6235 | wxCoord x, y, w, h; | |
6236 | reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h); | |
6237 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top ); | |
6238 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom ); | |
6239 | } | |
6240 | #else | |
6241 | int cw, ch; | |
6242 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch); | |
6243 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
6244 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
6245 | #endif | |
6246 | ||
6247 | // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col | |
6248 | // | |
6249 | right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) ); | |
6250 | bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) ); | |
6251 | ||
6252 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) ); | |
6253 | ||
6254 | // horizontal grid lines | |
6255 | // | |
6256 | int i; | |
6257 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
6258 | { | |
6259 | int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1; | |
6260 | ||
6261 | if ( bot > bottom ) | |
6262 | { | |
6263 | break; | |
6264 | } | |
6265 | ||
6266 | if ( bot >= top ) | |
6267 | { | |
6268 | dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot ); | |
6269 | } | |
6270 | } | |
6271 | ||
6272 | ||
6273 | // vertical grid lines | |
6274 | // | |
6275 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
6276 | { | |
6277 | int colRight = GetColRight(i) - 1; | |
6278 | if ( colRight > right ) | |
6279 | { | |
6280 | break; | |
6281 | } | |
6282 | ||
6283 | if ( colRight >= left ) | |
6284 | { | |
6285 | dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom ); | |
6286 | } | |
6287 | } | |
6288 | } | |
6289 | ||
6290 | ||
6291 | void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc ,const wxArrayInt& rows) | |
6292 | { | |
6293 | if ( !m_numRows ) return; | |
6294 | ||
6295 | size_t i; | |
6296 | size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount(); | |
6297 | ||
6298 | for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) | |
6299 | { | |
6300 | DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] ); | |
6301 | } | |
6302 | } | |
6303 | ||
6304 | ||
6305 | void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row ) | |
6306 | { | |
6307 | if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
6308 | return; | |
6309 | ||
6310 | int rowTop = GetRowTop(row), | |
6311 | rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1; | |
6312 | ||
6313 | dc.SetPen( *wxBLACK_PEN ); | |
6314 | dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowTop, | |
6315 | m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowBottom ); | |
6316 | ||
6317 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowBottom ); | |
6318 | ||
6319 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
6320 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom ); | |
6321 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowTop ); | |
6322 | ||
6323 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); | |
6324 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); | |
6325 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
6326 | ||
6327 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
6328 | GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign ); | |
6329 | ||
6330 | wxRect rect; | |
6331 | rect.SetX( 2 ); | |
6332 | rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 ); | |
6333 | rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 ); | |
6334 | rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 ); | |
6335 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign ); | |
6336 | } | |
6337 | ||
6338 | ||
6339 | void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols ) | |
6340 | { | |
6341 | if ( !m_numCols ) return; | |
6342 | ||
6343 | size_t i; | |
6344 | size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount(); | |
6345 | ||
6346 | for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) | |
6347 | { | |
6348 | DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] ); | |
6349 | } | |
6350 | } | |
6351 | ||
6352 | ||
6353 | void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col ) | |
6354 | { | |
6355 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 ) | |
6356 | return; | |
6357 | ||
6358 | int colLeft = GetColLeft(col), | |
6359 | colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1; | |
6360 | ||
6361 | dc.SetPen( *wxBLACK_PEN ); | |
6362 | dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, | |
6363 | colRight, m_colLabelHeight-1 ); | |
6364 | ||
6365 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1, | |
6366 | colRight, m_colLabelHeight-1 ); | |
6367 | ||
6368 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
6369 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 ); | |
6370 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 ); | |
6371 | ||
6372 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); | |
6373 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); | |
6374 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
6375 | ||
6376 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); | |
6377 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); | |
6378 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
6379 | ||
6380 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
6381 | GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign ); | |
6382 | ||
6383 | wxRect rect; | |
6384 | rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 ); | |
6385 | rect.SetY( 2 ); | |
6386 | rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 ); | |
6387 | rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 ); | |
6388 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign ); | |
6389 | } | |
6390 | ||
6391 | void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc, | |
6392 | const wxString& value, | |
6393 | const wxRect& rect, | |
6394 | int horizAlign, | |
6395 | int vertAlign ) | |
6396 | { | |
6397 | wxArrayString lines; | |
6398 | ||
6399 | dc.SetClippingRegion( rect ); | |
6400 | StringToLines( value, lines ); | |
6401 | ||
6402 | ||
6403 | //Forward to new API. | |
6404 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, | |
6405 | lines, | |
6406 | rect, | |
6407 | horizAlign, | |
6408 | vertAlign ); | |
6409 | ||
6410 | } | |
6411 | ||
6412 | void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc, | |
6413 | const wxArrayString& lines, | |
6414 | const wxRect& rect, | |
6415 | int horizAlign, | |
6416 | int vertAlign ) | |
6417 | { | |
6418 | long textWidth, textHeight; | |
6419 | long lineWidth, lineHeight; | |
6420 | ||
6421 | if ( lines.GetCount() ) | |
6422 | { | |
6423 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight ); | |
6424 | dc.GetTextExtent( lines[0], &lineWidth, &lineHeight ); | |
6425 | ||
6426 | float x, y; | |
6427 | switch ( horizAlign ) | |
6428 | { | |
6429 | case wxALIGN_RIGHT: | |
6430 | x = rect.x + (rect.width - textWidth - 1); | |
6431 | break; | |
6432 | ||
6433 | case wxALIGN_CENTRE: | |
6434 | x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth)/2); | |
6435 | break; | |
6436 | ||
6437 | case wxALIGN_LEFT: | |
6438 | default: | |
6439 | x = rect.x + 1; | |
6440 | break; | |
6441 | } | |
6442 | ||
6443 | switch ( vertAlign ) | |
6444 | { | |
6445 | case wxALIGN_BOTTOM: | |
6446 | y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1); | |
6447 | break; | |
6448 | ||
6449 | case wxALIGN_CENTRE: | |
6450 | y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight)/2); | |
6451 | break; | |
6452 | ||
6453 | case wxALIGN_TOP: | |
6454 | default: | |
6455 | y = rect.y + 1; | |
6456 | break; | |
6457 | } | |
6458 | ||
6459 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ ) | |
6460 | { | |
6461 | dc.DrawText( lines[i], (int)x, (int)y ); | |
6462 | y += lineHeight; | |
6463 | } | |
6464 | } | |
6465 | ||
6466 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); | |
6467 | } | |
6468 | ||
6469 | ||
6470 | // Split multi line text up into an array of strings. Any existing | |
6471 | // contents of the string array are preserved. | |
6472 | // | |
6473 | void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) | |
6474 | { | |
6475 | int startPos = 0; | |
6476 | int pos; | |
6477 | wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix ); | |
6478 | wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix ); | |
6479 | ||
6480 | while ( startPos < (int)tVal.Length() ) | |
6481 | { | |
6482 | pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol ); | |
6483 | if ( pos < 0 ) | |
6484 | { | |
6485 | break; | |
6486 | } | |
6487 | else if ( pos == 0 ) | |
6488 | { | |
6489 | lines.Add( wxEmptyString ); | |
6490 | } | |
6491 | else | |
6492 | { | |
6493 | lines.Add( value.Mid(startPos, pos) ); | |
6494 | } | |
6495 | startPos += pos+1; | |
6496 | } | |
6497 | if ( startPos < (int)value.Length() ) | |
6498 | { | |
6499 | lines.Add( value.Mid( startPos ) ); | |
6500 | } | |
6501 | } | |
6502 | ||
6503 | ||
6504 | void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( wxDC& dc, | |
6505 | const wxArrayString& lines, | |
6506 | long *width, long *height ) | |
6507 | { | |
6508 | long w = 0; | |
6509 | long h = 0; | |
6510 | long lineW, lineH; | |
6511 | ||
6512 | size_t i; | |
6513 | for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ ) | |
6514 | { | |
6515 | dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH ); | |
6516 | w = wxMax( w, lineW ); | |
6517 | h += lineH; | |
6518 | } | |
6519 | ||
6520 | *width = w; | |
6521 | *height = h; | |
6522 | } | |
6523 | ||
6524 | // | |
6525 | // ------ Batch processing. | |
6526 | // | |
6527 | void wxGrid::EndBatch() | |
6528 | { | |
6529 | if ( m_batchCount > 0 ) | |
6530 | { | |
6531 | m_batchCount--; | |
6532 | if ( !m_batchCount ) | |
6533 | { | |
6534 | CalcDimensions(); | |
6535 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6536 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6537 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6538 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
6539 | } | |
6540 | } | |
6541 | } | |
6542 | ||
6543 | // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate | |
6544 | // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a | |
6545 | // BeginBatch / EndBatch block. | |
6546 | // | |
6547 | void wxGrid::ForceRefresh() | |
6548 | { | |
6549 | BeginBatch(); | |
6550 | EndBatch(); | |
6551 | } | |
6552 | ||
6553 | ||
6554 | // | |
6555 | // ------ Edit control functions | |
6556 | // | |
6557 | ||
6558 | ||
6559 | void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit ) | |
6560 | { | |
6561 | // TODO: improve this ? | |
6562 | // | |
6563 | if ( edit != m_editable ) | |
6564 | { | |
6565 | if(!edit) EnableCellEditControl(edit); | |
6566 | m_editable = edit; | |
6567 | } | |
6568 | } | |
6569 | ||
6570 | ||
6571 | void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable ) | |
6572 | { | |
6573 | if (! m_editable) | |
6574 | return; | |
6575 | ||
6576 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6577 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
6578 | ||
6579 | if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
6580 | { | |
6581 | // TODO allow the app to Veto() this event? | |
6582 | SendEvent(enable ? wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN : wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN); | |
6583 | ||
6584 | if ( enable ) | |
6585 | { | |
6586 | // this should be checked by the caller! | |
6587 | wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), | |
6588 | _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") ); | |
6589 | ||
6590 | // do it before ShowCellEditControl() | |
6591 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; | |
6592 | ||
6593 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
6594 | } | |
6595 | else | |
6596 | { | |
6597 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
6598 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
6599 | ||
6600 | // do it after HideCellEditControl() | |
6601 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; | |
6602 | } | |
6603 | } | |
6604 | } | |
6605 | ||
6606 | bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const | |
6607 | { | |
6608 | // const_cast | |
6609 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
6610 | bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly(); | |
6611 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6612 | ||
6613 | return readonly; | |
6614 | } | |
6615 | ||
6616 | bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const | |
6617 | { | |
6618 | return m_editable && !IsCurrentCellReadOnly(); | |
6619 | } | |
6620 | ||
6621 | bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const | |
6622 | { | |
6623 | // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the | |
6624 | // current one if it's read only | |
6625 | return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : FALSE; | |
6626 | } | |
6627 | ||
6628 | bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const | |
6629 | { | |
6630 | bool isShown = FALSE; | |
6631 | ||
6632 | if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
6633 | { | |
6634 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6635 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
6636 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
6637 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col); | |
6638 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6639 | ||
6640 | if ( editor ) | |
6641 | { | |
6642 | if ( editor->IsCreated() ) | |
6643 | { | |
6644 | isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown(); | |
6645 | } | |
6646 | ||
6647 | editor->DecRef(); | |
6648 | } | |
6649 | } | |
6650 | ||
6651 | return isShown; | |
6652 | } | |
6653 | ||
6654 | void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl() | |
6655 | { | |
6656 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
6657 | { | |
6658 | if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords ) ) | |
6659 | { | |
6660 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = FALSE; | |
6661 | return; | |
6662 | } | |
6663 | else | |
6664 | { | |
6665 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords ); | |
6666 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6667 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
6668 | ||
6669 | // convert to scrolled coords | |
6670 | // | |
6671 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
6672 | ||
6673 | // done in PaintBackground() | |
6674 | #if 0 | |
6675 | // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor | |
6676 | // might not cover the entire cell | |
6677 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
6678 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
6679 | dc.SetBrush(*wxLIGHT_GREY_BRUSH); //wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID)); | |
6680 | dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); | |
6681 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
6682 | #endif // 0 | |
6683 | ||
6684 | // cell is shifted by one pixel | |
6685 | rect.x--; | |
6686 | rect.y--; | |
6687 | ||
6688 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
6689 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
6690 | if ( !editor->IsCreated() ) | |
6691 | { | |
6692 | editor->Create(m_gridWin, -1, | |
6693 | new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor)); | |
6694 | ||
6695 | wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(), | |
6696 | wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED, | |
6697 | this, | |
6698 | row, | |
6699 | col, | |
6700 | editor->GetControl()); | |
6701 | GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt); | |
6702 | } | |
6703 | ||
6704 | editor->Show( TRUE, attr ); | |
6705 | ||
6706 | editor->SetSize( rect ); | |
6707 | ||
6708 | editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this); | |
6709 | ||
6710 | editor->DecRef(); | |
6711 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6712 | } | |
6713 | } | |
6714 | } | |
6715 | ||
6716 | ||
6717 | void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl() | |
6718 | { | |
6719 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
6720 | { | |
6721 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6722 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
6723 | ||
6724 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
6725 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
6726 | editor->Show( FALSE ); | |
6727 | editor->DecRef(); | |
6728 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6729 | m_gridWin->SetFocus(); | |
6730 | wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
6731 | m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &rect ); | |
6732 | } | |
6733 | } | |
6734 | ||
6735 | ||
6736 | void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue() | |
6737 | { | |
6738 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
6739 | { | |
6740 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6741 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
6742 | ||
6743 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
6744 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
6745 | bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this); | |
6746 | ||
6747 | editor->DecRef(); | |
6748 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6749 | ||
6750 | if (changed) | |
6751 | { | |
6752 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE, | |
6753 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
6754 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
6755 | } | |
6756 | } | |
6757 | } | |
6758 | ||
6759 | ||
6760 | // | |
6761 | // ------ Grid location functions | |
6762 | // Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of | |
6763 | // grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device | |
6764 | // coordinates for mouse events etc. | |
6765 | // | |
6766 | ||
6767 | void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
6768 | { | |
6769 | int row = YToRow(y); | |
6770 | int col = XToCol(x); | |
6771 | ||
6772 | if ( row == -1 || col == -1 ) | |
6773 | { | |
6774 | coords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6775 | } | |
6776 | else | |
6777 | { | |
6778 | coords.Set( row, col ); | |
6779 | } | |
6780 | } | |
6781 | ||
6782 | ||
6783 | int wxGrid::YToRow( int y ) | |
6784 | { | |
6785 | int i; | |
6786 | ||
6787 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
6788 | { | |
6789 | if ( y < GetRowBottom(i) ) | |
6790 | return i; | |
6791 | } | |
6792 | ||
6793 | return -1; | |
6794 | } | |
6795 | ||
6796 | ||
6797 | int wxGrid::XToCol( int x ) | |
6798 | { | |
6799 | int i; | |
6800 | ||
6801 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
6802 | { | |
6803 | if ( x < GetColRight(i) ) | |
6804 | return i; | |
6805 | } | |
6806 | ||
6807 | return -1; | |
6808 | } | |
6809 | ||
6810 | ||
6811 | // return the row number that that the y coord is near the edge of, or | |
6812 | // -1 if not near an edge | |
6813 | // | |
6814 | int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y ) | |
6815 | { | |
6816 | int i, d; | |
6817 | ||
6818 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
6819 | { | |
6820 | if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
6821 | { | |
6822 | d = abs( y - GetRowBottom(i) ); | |
6823 | if ( d < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
6824 | return i; | |
6825 | } | |
6826 | } | |
6827 | ||
6828 | return -1; | |
6829 | } | |
6830 | ||
6831 | ||
6832 | // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or | |
6833 | // -1 if not near an edge | |
6834 | // | |
6835 | int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x ) | |
6836 | { | |
6837 | int i, d; | |
6838 | ||
6839 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
6840 | { | |
6841 | if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
6842 | { | |
6843 | d = abs( x - GetColRight(i) ); | |
6844 | if ( d < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
6845 | return i; | |
6846 | } | |
6847 | } | |
6848 | ||
6849 | return -1; | |
6850 | } | |
6851 | ||
6852 | ||
6853 | wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) | |
6854 | { | |
6855 | wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); | |
6856 | ||
6857 | if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && | |
6858 | col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) | |
6859 | { | |
6860 | rect.x = GetColLeft(col); | |
6861 | rect.y = GetRowTop(row); | |
6862 | rect.width = GetColWidth(col); | |
6863 | rect.height = GetRowHeight(row); | |
6864 | } | |
6865 | ||
6866 | // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller | |
6867 | if (m_gridLinesEnabled) { | |
6868 | rect.width -= 1; | |
6869 | rect.height -= 1; | |
6870 | } | |
6871 | return rect; | |
6872 | } | |
6873 | ||
6874 | ||
6875 | bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) | |
6876 | { | |
6877 | // get the cell rectangle in logical coords | |
6878 | // | |
6879 | wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
6880 | ||
6881 | // convert to device coords | |
6882 | // | |
6883 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
6884 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
6885 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
6886 | ||
6887 | // check against the client area of the grid window | |
6888 | // | |
6889 | int cw, ch; | |
6890 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
6891 | ||
6892 | if ( wholeCellVisible ) | |
6893 | { | |
6894 | // is the cell wholly visible ? | |
6895 | // | |
6896 | return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw && | |
6897 | top >= 0 && bottom <= ch ); | |
6898 | } | |
6899 | else | |
6900 | { | |
6901 | // is the cell partly visible ? | |
6902 | // | |
6903 | return ( ((left >=0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) && | |
6904 | ((top >=0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) ); | |
6905 | } | |
6906 | } | |
6907 | ||
6908 | ||
6909 | // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount | |
6910 | // of scrolling | |
6911 | // | |
6912 | void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col ) | |
6913 | { | |
6914 | ||
6915 | int i; | |
6916 | int xpos = -1, ypos = -1; | |
6917 | ||
6918 | if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && | |
6919 | col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) | |
6920 | { | |
6921 | // get the cell rectangle in logical coords | |
6922 | // | |
6923 | wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
6924 | ||
6925 | // convert to device coords | |
6926 | // | |
6927 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
6928 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
6929 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
6930 | ||
6931 | int cw, ch; | |
6932 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
6933 | ||
6934 | if ( top < 0 ) | |
6935 | { | |
6936 | ypos = r.GetTop(); | |
6937 | } | |
6938 | else if ( bottom > ch ) | |
6939 | { | |
6940 | int h = r.GetHeight(); | |
6941 | ypos = r.GetTop(); | |
6942 | for ( i = row-1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
6943 | { | |
6944 | int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i); | |
6945 | if ( h + rowHeight > ch ) | |
6946 | break; | |
6947 | ||
6948 | h += rowHeight; | |
6949 | ypos -= rowHeight; | |
6950 | } | |
6951 | ||
6952 | // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't | |
6953 | // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do, we | |
6954 | // might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn) | |
6955 | // | |
6956 | // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE/2 is not enough, so just add a full | |
6957 | // scroll unit... | |
6958 | ypos += GRID_SCROLL_LINE; | |
6959 | } | |
6960 | ||
6961 | if ( left < 0 ) | |
6962 | { | |
6963 | xpos = r.GetLeft(); | |
6964 | } | |
6965 | else if ( right > cw ) | |
6966 | { | |
6967 | int w = r.GetWidth(); | |
6968 | xpos = r.GetLeft(); | |
6969 | for ( i = col-1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
6970 | { | |
6971 | int colWidth = GetColWidth(i); | |
6972 | if ( w + colWidth > cw ) | |
6973 | break; | |
6974 | ||
6975 | w += colWidth; | |
6976 | xpos -= colWidth; | |
6977 | } | |
6978 | ||
6979 | // see comment for ypos above | |
6980 | xpos += GRID_SCROLL_LINE; | |
6981 | } | |
6982 | ||
6983 | if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 ) | |
6984 | { | |
6985 | if ( xpos != -1 ) xpos /= GRID_SCROLL_LINE; | |
6986 | if ( ypos != -1 ) ypos /= GRID_SCROLL_LINE; | |
6987 | Scroll( xpos, ypos ); | |
6988 | AdjustScrollbars(); | |
6989 | } | |
6990 | } | |
6991 | } | |
6992 | ||
6993 | ||
6994 | // | |
6995 | // ------ Grid cursor movement functions | |
6996 | // | |
6997 | ||
6998 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection ) | |
6999 | { | |
7000 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7001 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 ) | |
7002 | { | |
7003 | if ( expandSelection) | |
7004 | { | |
7005 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
7006 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
7007 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 ) | |
7008 | { | |
7009 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 ); | |
7010 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
7011 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
7012 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
7013 | } | |
7014 | } | |
7015 | else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 ) | |
7016 | { | |
7017 | ClearSelection(); | |
7018 | MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1, | |
7019 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
7020 | SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1, | |
7021 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
7022 | } | |
7023 | else | |
7024 | return FALSE; | |
7025 | return TRUE; | |
7026 | } | |
7027 | ||
7028 | return FALSE; | |
7029 | } | |
7030 | ||
7031 | ||
7032 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection ) | |
7033 | { | |
7034 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7035 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows ) | |
7036 | { | |
7037 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
7038 | { | |
7039 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
7040 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
7041 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows-1 ) | |
7042 | { | |
7043 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 ); | |
7044 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
7045 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
7046 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
7047 | } | |
7048 | } | |
7049 | else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 ) | |
7050 | { | |
7051 | ClearSelection(); | |
7052 | MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1, | |
7053 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
7054 | SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1, | |
7055 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
7056 | } | |
7057 | else | |
7058 | return FALSE; | |
7059 | return TRUE; | |
7060 | } | |
7061 | ||
7062 | return FALSE; | |
7063 | } | |
7064 | ||
7065 | ||
7066 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection ) | |
7067 | { | |
7068 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7069 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 ) | |
7070 | { | |
7071 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
7072 | { | |
7073 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
7074 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
7075 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 ) | |
7076 | { | |
7077 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 ); | |
7078 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
7079 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
7080 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
7081 | } | |
7082 | } | |
7083 | else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 ) | |
7084 | { | |
7085 | ClearSelection(); | |
7086 | MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
7087 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() - 1 ); | |
7088 | SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
7089 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() - 1 ); | |
7090 | } | |
7091 | else | |
7092 | return FALSE; | |
7093 | return TRUE; | |
7094 | } | |
7095 | ||
7096 | return FALSE; | |
7097 | } | |
7098 | ||
7099 | ||
7100 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection ) | |
7101 | { | |
7102 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7103 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols ) | |
7104 | { | |
7105 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
7106 | { | |
7107 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
7108 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
7109 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
7110 | { | |
7111 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 ); | |
7112 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
7113 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
7114 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
7115 | } | |
7116 | } | |
7117 | else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
7118 | { | |
7119 | ClearSelection(); | |
7120 | MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
7121 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() + 1 ); | |
7122 | SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
7123 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() + 1 ); | |
7124 | } | |
7125 | else | |
7126 | return FALSE; | |
7127 | return TRUE; | |
7128 | } | |
7129 | ||
7130 | return FALSE; | |
7131 | } | |
7132 | ||
7133 | ||
7134 | bool wxGrid::MovePageUp() | |
7135 | { | |
7136 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) return FALSE; | |
7137 | ||
7138 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7139 | if ( row > 0 ) | |
7140 | { | |
7141 | int cw, ch; | |
7142 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
7143 | ||
7144 | int y = GetRowTop(row); | |
7145 | int newRow = YToRow( y - ch + 1 ); | |
7146 | if ( newRow == -1 ) | |
7147 | { | |
7148 | newRow = 0; | |
7149 | } | |
7150 | else if ( newRow == row ) | |
7151 | { | |
7152 | newRow = row - 1; | |
7153 | } | |
7154 | ||
7155 | MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
7156 | SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
7157 | ||
7158 | return TRUE; | |
7159 | } | |
7160 | ||
7161 | return FALSE; | |
7162 | } | |
7163 | ||
7164 | bool wxGrid::MovePageDown() | |
7165 | { | |
7166 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) return FALSE; | |
7167 | ||
7168 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7169 | if ( row < m_numRows ) | |
7170 | { | |
7171 | int cw, ch; | |
7172 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
7173 | ||
7174 | int y = GetRowTop(row); | |
7175 | int newRow = YToRow( y + ch ); | |
7176 | if ( newRow == -1 ) | |
7177 | { | |
7178 | newRow = m_numRows - 1; | |
7179 | } | |
7180 | else if ( newRow == row ) | |
7181 | { | |
7182 | newRow = row + 1; | |
7183 | } | |
7184 | ||
7185 | MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
7186 | SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
7187 | ||
7188 | return TRUE; | |
7189 | } | |
7190 | ||
7191 | return FALSE; | |
7192 | } | |
7193 | ||
7194 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
7195 | { | |
7196 | if ( m_table && | |
7197 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7198 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 ) | |
7199 | { | |
7200 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7201 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7202 | ||
7203 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
7204 | { | |
7205 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
7206 | // non-empty cells | |
7207 | // | |
7208 | while ( row > 0 ) | |
7209 | { | |
7210 | row-- ; | |
7211 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
7212 | } | |
7213 | } | |
7214 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row-1, col) ) | |
7215 | { | |
7216 | // starting at the top of a block: find the next block | |
7217 | // | |
7218 | row--; | |
7219 | while ( row > 0 ) | |
7220 | { | |
7221 | row-- ; | |
7222 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
7223 | } | |
7224 | } | |
7225 | else | |
7226 | { | |
7227 | // starting within a block: find the top of the block | |
7228 | // | |
7229 | while ( row > 0 ) | |
7230 | { | |
7231 | row-- ; | |
7232 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
7233 | { | |
7234 | row++ ; | |
7235 | break; | |
7236 | } | |
7237 | } | |
7238 | } | |
7239 | ||
7240 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
7241 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
7242 | { | |
7243 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
7244 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
7245 | } | |
7246 | else | |
7247 | { | |
7248 | ClearSelection(); | |
7249 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
7250 | } | |
7251 | return TRUE; | |
7252 | } | |
7253 | ||
7254 | return FALSE; | |
7255 | } | |
7256 | ||
7257 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
7258 | { | |
7259 | if ( m_table && | |
7260 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7261 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows-1 ) | |
7262 | { | |
7263 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7264 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7265 | ||
7266 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
7267 | { | |
7268 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
7269 | // non-empty cells | |
7270 | // | |
7271 | while ( row < m_numRows-1 ) | |
7272 | { | |
7273 | row++ ; | |
7274 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
7275 | } | |
7276 | } | |
7277 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row+1, col) ) | |
7278 | { | |
7279 | // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block | |
7280 | // | |
7281 | row++; | |
7282 | while ( row < m_numRows-1 ) | |
7283 | { | |
7284 | row++ ; | |
7285 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
7286 | } | |
7287 | } | |
7288 | else | |
7289 | { | |
7290 | // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block | |
7291 | // | |
7292 | while ( row < m_numRows-1 ) | |
7293 | { | |
7294 | row++ ; | |
7295 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
7296 | { | |
7297 | row-- ; | |
7298 | break; | |
7299 | } | |
7300 | } | |
7301 | } | |
7302 | ||
7303 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
7304 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
7305 | { | |
7306 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
7307 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
7308 | } | |
7309 | else | |
7310 | { | |
7311 | ClearSelection(); | |
7312 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
7313 | } | |
7314 | ||
7315 | return TRUE; | |
7316 | } | |
7317 | ||
7318 | return FALSE; | |
7319 | } | |
7320 | ||
7321 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
7322 | { | |
7323 | if ( m_table && | |
7324 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7325 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 ) | |
7326 | { | |
7327 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7328 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7329 | ||
7330 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
7331 | { | |
7332 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
7333 | // non-empty cells | |
7334 | // | |
7335 | while ( col > 0 ) | |
7336 | { | |
7337 | col-- ; | |
7338 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
7339 | } | |
7340 | } | |
7341 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col-1) ) | |
7342 | { | |
7343 | // starting at the left of a block: find the next block | |
7344 | // | |
7345 | col--; | |
7346 | while ( col > 0 ) | |
7347 | { | |
7348 | col-- ; | |
7349 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
7350 | } | |
7351 | } | |
7352 | else | |
7353 | { | |
7354 | // starting within a block: find the left of the block | |
7355 | // | |
7356 | while ( col > 0 ) | |
7357 | { | |
7358 | col-- ; | |
7359 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
7360 | { | |
7361 | col++ ; | |
7362 | break; | |
7363 | } | |
7364 | } | |
7365 | } | |
7366 | ||
7367 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
7368 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
7369 | { | |
7370 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
7371 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
7372 | } | |
7373 | else | |
7374 | { | |
7375 | ClearSelection(); | |
7376 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
7377 | } | |
7378 | ||
7379 | return TRUE; | |
7380 | } | |
7381 | ||
7382 | return FALSE; | |
7383 | } | |
7384 | ||
7385 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
7386 | { | |
7387 | if ( m_table && | |
7388 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7389 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols-1 ) | |
7390 | { | |
7391 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7392 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7393 | ||
7394 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
7395 | { | |
7396 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
7397 | // non-empty cells | |
7398 | // | |
7399 | while ( col < m_numCols-1 ) | |
7400 | { | |
7401 | col++ ; | |
7402 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
7403 | } | |
7404 | } | |
7405 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col+1) ) | |
7406 | { | |
7407 | // starting at the right of a block: find the next block | |
7408 | // | |
7409 | col++; | |
7410 | while ( col < m_numCols-1 ) | |
7411 | { | |
7412 | col++ ; | |
7413 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
7414 | } | |
7415 | } | |
7416 | else | |
7417 | { | |
7418 | // starting within a block: find the right of the block | |
7419 | // | |
7420 | while ( col < m_numCols-1 ) | |
7421 | { | |
7422 | col++ ; | |
7423 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
7424 | { | |
7425 | col-- ; | |
7426 | break; | |
7427 | } | |
7428 | } | |
7429 | } | |
7430 | ||
7431 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
7432 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
7433 | { | |
7434 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
7435 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
7436 | } | |
7437 | else | |
7438 | { | |
7439 | ClearSelection(); | |
7440 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
7441 | } | |
7442 | ||
7443 | return TRUE; | |
7444 | } | |
7445 | ||
7446 | return FALSE; | |
7447 | } | |
7448 | ||
7449 | ||
7450 | ||
7451 | // | |
7452 | // ------ Label values and formatting | |
7453 | // | |
7454 | ||
7455 | void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) | |
7456 | { | |
7457 | *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign; | |
7458 | *vert = m_rowLabelVertAlign; | |
7459 | } | |
7460 | ||
7461 | void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) | |
7462 | { | |
7463 | *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign; | |
7464 | *vert = m_colLabelVertAlign; | |
7465 | } | |
7466 | ||
7467 | wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
7468 | { | |
7469 | if ( m_table ) | |
7470 | { | |
7471 | return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row ); | |
7472 | } | |
7473 | else | |
7474 | { | |
7475 | wxString s; | |
7476 | s << row; | |
7477 | return s; | |
7478 | } | |
7479 | } | |
7480 | ||
7481 | wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
7482 | { | |
7483 | if ( m_table ) | |
7484 | { | |
7485 | return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col ); | |
7486 | } | |
7487 | else | |
7488 | { | |
7489 | wxString s; | |
7490 | s << col; | |
7491 | return s; | |
7492 | } | |
7493 | } | |
7494 | ||
7495 | ||
7496 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width ) | |
7497 | { | |
7498 | width = wxMax( width, 0 ); | |
7499 | if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth ) | |
7500 | { | |
7501 | if ( width == 0 ) | |
7502 | { | |
7503 | m_rowLabelWin->Show( FALSE ); | |
7504 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( FALSE ); | |
7505 | } | |
7506 | else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 ) | |
7507 | { | |
7508 | m_rowLabelWin->Show( TRUE ); | |
7509 | if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 ) m_cornerLabelWin->Show( TRUE ); | |
7510 | } | |
7511 | ||
7512 | m_rowLabelWidth = width; | |
7513 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
7514 | Refresh( TRUE ); | |
7515 | } | |
7516 | } | |
7517 | ||
7518 | ||
7519 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height ) | |
7520 | { | |
7521 | height = wxMax( height, 0 ); | |
7522 | if ( height != m_colLabelHeight ) | |
7523 | { | |
7524 | if ( height == 0 ) | |
7525 | { | |
7526 | m_colLabelWin->Show( FALSE ); | |
7527 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( FALSE ); | |
7528 | } | |
7529 | else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 ) | |
7530 | { | |
7531 | m_colLabelWin->Show( TRUE ); | |
7532 | if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 ) m_cornerLabelWin->Show( TRUE ); | |
7533 | } | |
7534 | ||
7535 | m_colLabelHeight = height; | |
7536 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
7537 | Refresh( TRUE ); | |
7538 | } | |
7539 | } | |
7540 | ||
7541 | ||
7542 | void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
7543 | { | |
7544 | if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour ) | |
7545 | { | |
7546 | m_labelBackgroundColour = colour; | |
7547 | m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
7548 | m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
7549 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
7550 | ||
7551 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7552 | { | |
7553 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7554 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7555 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7556 | } | |
7557 | } | |
7558 | } | |
7559 | ||
7560 | void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
7561 | { | |
7562 | if ( m_labelTextColour != colour ) | |
7563 | { | |
7564 | m_labelTextColour = colour; | |
7565 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7566 | { | |
7567 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7568 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7569 | } | |
7570 | } | |
7571 | } | |
7572 | ||
7573 | void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font ) | |
7574 | { | |
7575 | m_labelFont = font; | |
7576 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7577 | { | |
7578 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7579 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7580 | } | |
7581 | } | |
7582 | ||
7583 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
7584 | { | |
7585 | // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used | |
7586 | switch ( horiz ) | |
7587 | { | |
7588 | case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break; | |
7589 | case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break; | |
7590 | case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
7591 | } | |
7592 | ||
7593 | switch ( vert ) | |
7594 | { | |
7595 | case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break; | |
7596 | case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break; | |
7597 | case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
7598 | } | |
7599 | ||
7600 | if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT ) | |
7601 | { | |
7602 | m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz; | |
7603 | } | |
7604 | ||
7605 | if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) | |
7606 | { | |
7607 | m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert; | |
7608 | } | |
7609 | ||
7610 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7611 | { | |
7612 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7613 | } | |
7614 | } | |
7615 | ||
7616 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
7617 | { | |
7618 | // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used | |
7619 | switch ( horiz ) | |
7620 | { | |
7621 | case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break; | |
7622 | case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break; | |
7623 | case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
7624 | } | |
7625 | ||
7626 | switch ( vert ) | |
7627 | { | |
7628 | case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break; | |
7629 | case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break; | |
7630 | case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
7631 | } | |
7632 | ||
7633 | if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT ) | |
7634 | { | |
7635 | m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz; | |
7636 | } | |
7637 | ||
7638 | if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) | |
7639 | { | |
7640 | m_colLabelVertAlign = vert; | |
7641 | } | |
7642 | ||
7643 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7644 | { | |
7645 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7646 | } | |
7647 | } | |
7648 | ||
7649 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s ) | |
7650 | { | |
7651 | if ( m_table ) | |
7652 | { | |
7653 | m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s ); | |
7654 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7655 | { | |
7656 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0); | |
7657 | if ( rect.height > 0 ) | |
7658 | { | |
7659 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y); | |
7660 | rect.x = 0; | |
7661 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
7662 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect ); | |
7663 | } | |
7664 | } | |
7665 | } | |
7666 | } | |
7667 | ||
7668 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s ) | |
7669 | { | |
7670 | if ( m_table ) | |
7671 | { | |
7672 | m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s ); | |
7673 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7674 | { | |
7675 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col ); | |
7676 | if ( rect.width > 0 ) | |
7677 | { | |
7678 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y); | |
7679 | rect.y = 0; | |
7680 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
7681 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect ); | |
7682 | } | |
7683 | } | |
7684 | } | |
7685 | } | |
7686 | ||
7687 | void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
7688 | { | |
7689 | if ( m_gridLineColour != colour ) | |
7690 | { | |
7691 | m_gridLineColour = colour; | |
7692 | ||
7693 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
7694 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
7695 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() ); | |
7696 | } | |
7697 | } | |
7698 | ||
7699 | ||
7700 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
7701 | { | |
7702 | if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour ) | |
7703 | { | |
7704 | m_cellHighlightColour = colour; | |
7705 | ||
7706 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
7707 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
7708 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
7709 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); | |
7710 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7711 | } | |
7712 | } | |
7713 | ||
7714 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width) | |
7715 | { | |
7716 | if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width) { | |
7717 | m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width; | |
7718 | ||
7719 | // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't | |
7720 | // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller. | |
7721 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7722 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7723 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
7724 | return; | |
7725 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
7726 | m_gridWin->Refresh(TRUE, &rect); | |
7727 | } | |
7728 | } | |
7729 | ||
7730 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width) | |
7731 | { | |
7732 | if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width) { | |
7733 | m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width; | |
7734 | ||
7735 | // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't | |
7736 | // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller. | |
7737 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7738 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7739 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
7740 | return; | |
7741 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
7742 | m_gridWin->Refresh(TRUE, &rect); | |
7743 | } | |
7744 | } | |
7745 | ||
7746 | void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable ) | |
7747 | { | |
7748 | if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
7749 | { | |
7750 | m_gridLinesEnabled = enable; | |
7751 | ||
7752 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7753 | { | |
7754 | if ( enable ) | |
7755 | { | |
7756 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
7757 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
7758 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() ); | |
7759 | } | |
7760 | else | |
7761 | { | |
7762 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
7763 | } | |
7764 | } | |
7765 | } | |
7766 | } | |
7767 | ||
7768 | ||
7769 | int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() | |
7770 | { | |
7771 | return m_defaultRowHeight; | |
7772 | } | |
7773 | ||
7774 | int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) | |
7775 | { | |
7776 | wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") ); | |
7777 | ||
7778 | return GetRowHeight(row); | |
7779 | } | |
7780 | ||
7781 | int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() | |
7782 | { | |
7783 | return m_defaultColWidth; | |
7784 | } | |
7785 | ||
7786 | int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) | |
7787 | { | |
7788 | wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") ); | |
7789 | ||
7790 | return GetColWidth(col); | |
7791 | } | |
7792 | ||
7793 | // ============================================================================ | |
7794 | // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid | |
7795 | // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis | |
7796 | // ============================================================================ | |
7797 | ||
7798 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7799 | // setting default attributes | |
7800 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7801 | ||
7802 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col ) | |
7803 | { | |
7804 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col); | |
7805 | #ifdef __WXGTK__ | |
7806 | m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col); | |
7807 | #endif | |
7808 | } | |
7809 | ||
7810 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col ) | |
7811 | { | |
7812 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col); | |
7813 | } | |
7814 | ||
7815 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
7816 | { | |
7817 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
7818 | } | |
7819 | ||
7820 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font ) | |
7821 | { | |
7822 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font); | |
7823 | } | |
7824 | ||
7825 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) | |
7826 | { | |
7827 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(renderer); | |
7828 | } | |
7829 | ||
7830 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor) | |
7831 | { | |
7832 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(editor); | |
7833 | } | |
7834 | ||
7835 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7836 | // access to the default attrbiutes | |
7837 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7838 | ||
7839 | wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() | |
7840 | { | |
7841 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
7842 | } | |
7843 | ||
7844 | wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() | |
7845 | { | |
7846 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour(); | |
7847 | } | |
7848 | ||
7849 | wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() | |
7850 | { | |
7851 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont(); | |
7852 | } | |
7853 | ||
7854 | void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) | |
7855 | { | |
7856 | m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
7857 | } | |
7858 | ||
7859 | wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const | |
7860 | { | |
7861 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0); | |
7862 | } | |
7863 | ||
7864 | wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const | |
7865 | { | |
7866 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL,0,0); | |
7867 | } | |
7868 | ||
7869 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7870 | // access to cell attributes | |
7871 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7872 | ||
7873 | wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) | |
7874 | { | |
7875 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7876 | wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
7877 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7878 | return colour; | |
7879 | } | |
7880 | ||
7881 | wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) | |
7882 | { | |
7883 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7884 | wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour(); | |
7885 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7886 | return colour; | |
7887 | } | |
7888 | ||
7889 | wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) | |
7890 | { | |
7891 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7892 | wxFont font = attr->GetFont(); | |
7893 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7894 | return font; | |
7895 | } | |
7896 | ||
7897 | void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) | |
7898 | { | |
7899 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7900 | attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
7901 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7902 | } | |
7903 | ||
7904 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) | |
7905 | { | |
7906 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7907 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
7908 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7909 | ||
7910 | return renderer; | |
7911 | } | |
7912 | ||
7913 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) | |
7914 | { | |
7915 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7916 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
7917 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7918 | ||
7919 | return editor; | |
7920 | } | |
7921 | ||
7922 | bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const | |
7923 | { | |
7924 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7925 | bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly(); | |
7926 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7927 | return isReadOnly; | |
7928 | } | |
7929 | ||
7930 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7931 | // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ... | |
7932 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7933 | ||
7934 | bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() | |
7935 | { | |
7936 | if ( !m_table ) | |
7937 | { | |
7938 | return FALSE; | |
7939 | } | |
7940 | ||
7941 | return m_table->CanHaveAttributes(); | |
7942 | } | |
7943 | ||
7944 | void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache() | |
7945 | { | |
7946 | if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 ) | |
7947 | { | |
7948 | wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr); | |
7949 | m_attrCache.attr = NULL; | |
7950 | m_attrCache.row = -1; | |
7951 | } | |
7952 | } | |
7953 | ||
7954 | void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const | |
7955 | { | |
7956 | wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this; // const_cast | |
7957 | ||
7958 | self->ClearAttrCache(); | |
7959 | self->m_attrCache.row = row; | |
7960 | self->m_attrCache.col = col; | |
7961 | self->m_attrCache.attr = attr; | |
7962 | wxSafeIncRef(attr); | |
7963 | } | |
7964 | ||
7965 | bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const | |
7966 | { | |
7967 | if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col ) | |
7968 | { | |
7969 | *attr = m_attrCache.attr; | |
7970 | wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr); | |
7971 | ||
7972 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
7973 | gs_nAttrCacheHits++; | |
7974 | #endif | |
7975 | ||
7976 | return TRUE; | |
7977 | } | |
7978 | else | |
7979 | { | |
7980 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
7981 | gs_nAttrCacheMisses++; | |
7982 | #endif | |
7983 | return FALSE; | |
7984 | } | |
7985 | } | |
7986 | ||
7987 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const | |
7988 | { | |
7989 | wxGridCellAttr *attr; | |
7990 | if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) ) | |
7991 | { | |
7992 | attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col , wxGridCellAttr::Any) : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
7993 | CacheAttr(row, col, attr); | |
7994 | } | |
7995 | if (attr) | |
7996 | { | |
7997 | attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
7998 | } | |
7999 | else | |
8000 | { | |
8001 | attr = m_defaultCellAttr; | |
8002 | attr->IncRef(); | |
8003 | } | |
8004 | ||
8005 | return attr; | |
8006 | } | |
8007 | ||
8008 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const | |
8009 | { | |
8010 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
8011 | wxASSERT_MSG( m_table, | |
8012 | _T("we may only be called if CanHaveAttributes() returned TRUE and then m_table should be !NULL") ); | |
8013 | ||
8014 | attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell ); | |
8015 | if ( !attr ) | |
8016 | { | |
8017 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
8018 | ||
8019 | // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller | |
8020 | attr->IncRef(); | |
8021 | m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
8022 | } | |
8023 | attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
8024 | return attr; | |
8025 | } | |
8026 | ||
8027 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8028 | // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr) | |
8029 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8030 | ||
8031 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col) | |
8032 | { | |
8033 | SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL); | |
8034 | } | |
8035 | ||
8036 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col) | |
8037 | { | |
8038 | SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER); | |
8039 | } | |
8040 | ||
8041 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision) | |
8042 | { | |
8043 | wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT; | |
8044 | if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) ) | |
8045 | { | |
8046 | typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision; | |
8047 | } | |
8048 | ||
8049 | SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName); | |
8050 | } | |
8051 | ||
8052 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName) | |
8053 | { | |
8054 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
8055 | ||
8056 | attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col ); | |
8057 | if(!attr) | |
8058 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
8059 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); | |
8060 | attr->SetRenderer(renderer); | |
8061 | ||
8062 | SetColAttr(col, attr); | |
8063 | ||
8064 | } | |
8065 | ||
8066 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8067 | // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table | |
8068 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8069 | ||
8070 | void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
8071 | { | |
8072 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
8073 | { | |
8074 | m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row); | |
8075 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
8076 | } | |
8077 | else | |
8078 | { | |
8079 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
8080 | } | |
8081 | } | |
8082 | ||
8083 | void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
8084 | { | |
8085 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
8086 | { | |
8087 | m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col); | |
8088 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
8089 | } | |
8090 | else | |
8091 | { | |
8092 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
8093 | } | |
8094 | } | |
8095 | ||
8096 | void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) | |
8097 | { | |
8098 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
8099 | { | |
8100 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
8101 | attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour); | |
8102 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8103 | } | |
8104 | } | |
8105 | ||
8106 | void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) | |
8107 | { | |
8108 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
8109 | { | |
8110 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
8111 | attr->SetTextColour(colour); | |
8112 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8113 | } | |
8114 | } | |
8115 | ||
8116 | void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font ) | |
8117 | { | |
8118 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
8119 | { | |
8120 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
8121 | attr->SetFont(font); | |
8122 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8123 | } | |
8124 | } | |
8125 | ||
8126 | void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert ) | |
8127 | { | |
8128 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
8129 | { | |
8130 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
8131 | attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
8132 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8133 | } | |
8134 | } | |
8135 | ||
8136 | void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) | |
8137 | { | |
8138 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
8139 | { | |
8140 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
8141 | attr->SetRenderer(renderer); | |
8142 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8143 | } | |
8144 | } | |
8145 | ||
8146 | void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
8147 | { | |
8148 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
8149 | { | |
8150 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
8151 | attr->SetEditor(editor); | |
8152 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8153 | } | |
8154 | } | |
8155 | ||
8156 | void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly) | |
8157 | { | |
8158 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
8159 | { | |
8160 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
8161 | attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly); | |
8162 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8163 | } | |
8164 | } | |
8165 | ||
8166 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8167 | // Data type registration | |
8168 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8169 | ||
8170 | void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
8171 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
8172 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
8173 | { | |
8174 | m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
8175 | } | |
8176 | ||
8177 | ||
8178 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const | |
8179 | { | |
8180 | wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); | |
8181 | return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName); | |
8182 | } | |
8183 | ||
8184 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const | |
8185 | { | |
8186 | wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); | |
8187 | return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); | |
8188 | } | |
8189 | ||
8190 | wxGridCellEditor* | |
8191 | wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const | |
8192 | { | |
8193 | int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); | |
8194 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
8195 | { | |
8196 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Unknown data type name")); | |
8197 | ||
8198 | return NULL; | |
8199 | } | |
8200 | ||
8201 | return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index); | |
8202 | } | |
8203 | ||
8204 | wxGridCellRenderer* | |
8205 | wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const | |
8206 | { | |
8207 | int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); | |
8208 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
8209 | { | |
8210 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Unknown data type name")); | |
8211 | ||
8212 | return NULL; | |
8213 | } | |
8214 | ||
8215 | return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index); | |
8216 | } | |
8217 | ||
8218 | ||
8219 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8220 | // row/col size | |
8221 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8222 | ||
8223 | void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable ) | |
8224 | { | |
8225 | m_canDragRowSize = enable; | |
8226 | } | |
8227 | ||
8228 | ||
8229 | void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable ) | |
8230 | { | |
8231 | m_canDragColSize = enable; | |
8232 | } | |
8233 | ||
8234 | void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable ) | |
8235 | { | |
8236 | m_canDragGridSize = enable; | |
8237 | } | |
8238 | ||
8239 | ||
8240 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows ) | |
8241 | { | |
8242 | m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT ); | |
8243 | ||
8244 | if ( resizeExistingRows ) | |
8245 | { | |
8246 | InitRowHeights(); | |
8247 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8248 | CalcDimensions(); | |
8249 | } | |
8250 | } | |
8251 | ||
8252 | void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height ) | |
8253 | { | |
8254 | wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") ); | |
8255 | ||
8256 | if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
8257 | { | |
8258 | // need to really create the array | |
8259 | InitRowHeights(); | |
8260 | } | |
8261 | ||
8262 | int h = wxMax( 0, height ); | |
8263 | int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row]; | |
8264 | ||
8265 | m_rowHeights[row] = h; | |
8266 | int i; | |
8267 | for ( i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
8268 | { | |
8269 | m_rowBottoms[i] += diff; | |
8270 | } | |
8271 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8272 | CalcDimensions(); | |
8273 | } | |
8274 | ||
8275 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols ) | |
8276 | { | |
8277 | m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( width, WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH ); | |
8278 | ||
8279 | if ( resizeExistingCols ) | |
8280 | { | |
8281 | InitColWidths(); | |
8282 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8283 | CalcDimensions(); | |
8284 | } | |
8285 | } | |
8286 | ||
8287 | void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width ) | |
8288 | { | |
8289 | wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") ); | |
8290 | ||
8291 | // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here? | |
8292 | ||
8293 | if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
8294 | { | |
8295 | // need to really create the array | |
8296 | InitColWidths(); | |
8297 | } | |
8298 | ||
8299 | int w = wxMax( 0, width ); | |
8300 | int diff = w - m_colWidths[col]; | |
8301 | m_colWidths[col] = w; | |
8302 | ||
8303 | int i; | |
8304 | for ( i = col; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
8305 | { | |
8306 | m_colRights[i] += diff; | |
8307 | } | |
8308 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8309 | CalcDimensions(); | |
8310 | } | |
8311 | ||
8312 | ||
8313 | void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width ) | |
8314 | { | |
8315 | m_colMinWidths.Put(col, width); | |
8316 | } | |
8317 | ||
8318 | void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width ) | |
8319 | { | |
8320 | m_rowMinHeights.Put(row, width); | |
8321 | } | |
8322 | ||
8323 | int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const | |
8324 | { | |
8325 | long value = m_colMinWidths.Get(col); | |
8326 | return value != wxNOT_FOUND ? (int)value : WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH; | |
8327 | } | |
8328 | ||
8329 | int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const | |
8330 | { | |
8331 | long value = m_rowMinHeights.Get(row); | |
8332 | return value != wxNOT_FOUND ? (int)value : WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT; | |
8333 | } | |
8334 | ||
8335 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8336 | // auto sizing | |
8337 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8338 | ||
8339 | void wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow( int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, bool column ) | |
8340 | { | |
8341 | wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); | |
8342 | ||
8343 | // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if weo nly need one | |
8344 | int row = -1, | |
8345 | col = -1; | |
8346 | if ( column ) | |
8347 | col = colOrRow; | |
8348 | else | |
8349 | row = colOrRow; | |
8350 | ||
8351 | wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0; | |
8352 | int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols; | |
8353 | for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ ) | |
8354 | { | |
8355 | if ( column ) | |
8356 | row = rowOrCol; | |
8357 | else | |
8358 | col = rowOrCol; | |
8359 | ||
8360 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8361 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
8362 | if ( renderer ) | |
8363 | { | |
8364 | wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col); | |
8365 | extent = column ? size.x : size.y; | |
8366 | if ( extent > extentMax ) | |
8367 | { | |
8368 | extentMax = extent; | |
8369 | } | |
8370 | ||
8371 | renderer->DecRef(); | |
8372 | } | |
8373 | ||
8374 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8375 | } | |
8376 | ||
8377 | // now also compare with the column label extent | |
8378 | wxCoord w, h; | |
8379 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
8380 | ||
8381 | if ( column ) | |
8382 | dc.GetTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h ); | |
8383 | else | |
8384 | dc.GetTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h ); | |
8385 | ||
8386 | extent = column ? w : h; | |
8387 | if ( extent > extentMax ) | |
8388 | { | |
8389 | extentMax = extent; | |
8390 | } | |
8391 | ||
8392 | if ( !extentMax ) | |
8393 | { | |
8394 | // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less | |
8395 | // than default extent but != 0, it's ok) | |
8396 | extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight; | |
8397 | } | |
8398 | else | |
8399 | { | |
8400 | if ( column ) | |
8401 | { | |
8402 | // leave some space around text | |
8403 | extentMax += 10; | |
8404 | } | |
8405 | else | |
8406 | { | |
8407 | extentMax += 6; | |
8408 | } | |
8409 | } | |
8410 | ||
8411 | if ( column ) | |
8412 | { | |
8413 | SetColSize(col, extentMax); | |
8414 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8415 | { | |
8416 | int cw, ch, dummy; | |
8417 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
8418 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) ); | |
8419 | rect.y = 0; | |
8420 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy); | |
8421 | rect.width = cw - rect.x; | |
8422 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
8423 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect ); | |
8424 | } | |
8425 | } | |
8426 | else | |
8427 | { | |
8428 | SetRowSize(row, extentMax); | |
8429 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8430 | { | |
8431 | int cw, ch, dummy; | |
8432 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
8433 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( row, 0 ) ); | |
8434 | rect.x = 0; | |
8435 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
8436 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
8437 | rect.height = ch - rect.y; | |
8438 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect ); | |
8439 | } | |
8440 | } | |
8441 | if ( setAsMin ) | |
8442 | { | |
8443 | if ( column ) | |
8444 | SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax); | |
8445 | else | |
8446 | SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax); | |
8447 | } | |
8448 | } | |
8449 | ||
8450 | int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) | |
8451 | { | |
8452 | int width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
8453 | ||
8454 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
8455 | BeginBatch(); | |
8456 | for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
8457 | { | |
8458 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
8459 | { | |
8460 | AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin); | |
8461 | } | |
8462 | ||
8463 | width += GetColWidth(col); | |
8464 | } | |
8465 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
8466 | EndBatch(); | |
8467 | return width; | |
8468 | } | |
8469 | ||
8470 | int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) | |
8471 | { | |
8472 | int height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
8473 | ||
8474 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
8475 | BeginBatch(); | |
8476 | for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
8477 | { | |
8478 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
8479 | { | |
8480 | AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin); | |
8481 | } | |
8482 | ||
8483 | height += GetRowHeight(row); | |
8484 | } | |
8485 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
8486 | EndBatch(); | |
8487 | return height; | |
8488 | } | |
8489 | ||
8490 | void wxGrid::AutoSize() | |
8491 | { | |
8492 | // set the size too | |
8493 | SetClientSize(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(FALSE), SetOrCalcRowSizes(FALSE)); | |
8494 | } | |
8495 | ||
8496 | wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const | |
8497 | { | |
8498 | // don't set sizes, only calculate them | |
8499 | wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this; // const_cast | |
8500 | ||
8501 | return wxSize(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(TRUE), | |
8502 | self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(TRUE)); | |
8503 | } | |
8504 | ||
8505 | void wxGrid::Fit() | |
8506 | { | |
8507 | AutoSize(); | |
8508 | } | |
8509 | ||
8510 | ||
8511 | wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const | |
8512 | { | |
8513 | return wxNullPen; | |
8514 | } | |
8515 | ||
8516 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8517 | // cell value accessor functions | |
8518 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8519 | ||
8520 | void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s ) | |
8521 | { | |
8522 | if ( m_table ) | |
8523 | { | |
8524 | m_table->SetValue( row, col, s ); | |
8525 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8526 | { | |
8527 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
8528 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
8529 | DrawCell( dc, wxGridCellCoords(row, col) ); | |
8530 | } | |
8531 | ||
8532 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row && | |
8533 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col && | |
8534 | IsCellEditControlShown()) | |
8535 | // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled, | |
8536 | // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from | |
8537 | // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler. | |
8538 | { | |
8539 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
8540 | ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table | |
8541 | } | |
8542 | } | |
8543 | } | |
8544 | ||
8545 | ||
8546 | // | |
8547 | // ------ Block, row and col selection | |
8548 | // | |
8549 | ||
8550 | void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected ) | |
8551 | { | |
8552 | if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected ) | |
8553 | ClearSelection(); | |
8554 | ||
8555 | m_selection->SelectRow( row, FALSE, addToSelected ); | |
8556 | } | |
8557 | ||
8558 | ||
8559 | void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected ) | |
8560 | { | |
8561 | if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected ) | |
8562 | ClearSelection(); | |
8563 | ||
8564 | m_selection->SelectCol( col, FALSE, addToSelected ); | |
8565 | } | |
8566 | ||
8567 | ||
8568 | void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol, | |
8569 | bool addToSelected ) | |
8570 | { | |
8571 | if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected ) | |
8572 | ClearSelection(); | |
8573 | ||
8574 | m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol, | |
8575 | FALSE, addToSelected ); | |
8576 | } | |
8577 | ||
8578 | ||
8579 | void wxGrid::SelectAll() | |
8580 | { | |
8581 | if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 ) | |
8582 | m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 ); | |
8583 | } | |
8584 | ||
8585 | // | |
8586 | // ------ Cell, row and col deselection | |
8587 | // | |
8588 | ||
8589 | void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row ) | |
8590 | { | |
8591 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows ) | |
8592 | { | |
8593 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) ) | |
8594 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( row, 0); | |
8595 | } | |
8596 | else | |
8597 | { | |
8598 | int nCols = GetNumberCols(); | |
8599 | for ( int i = 0; i < nCols ; i++ ) | |
8600 | { | |
8601 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) ) | |
8602 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( row, i); | |
8603 | } | |
8604 | } | |
8605 | } | |
8606 | ||
8607 | void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col ) | |
8608 | { | |
8609 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns ) | |
8610 | { | |
8611 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) ) | |
8612 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( 0, col); | |
8613 | } | |
8614 | else | |
8615 | { | |
8616 | int nRows = GetNumberRows(); | |
8617 | for ( int i = 0; i < nRows ; i++ ) | |
8618 | { | |
8619 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) ) | |
8620 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col); | |
8621 | } | |
8622 | } | |
8623 | } | |
8624 | ||
8625 | void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col ) | |
8626 | { | |
8627 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) ) | |
8628 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col); | |
8629 | } | |
8630 | ||
8631 | bool wxGrid::IsSelection() | |
8632 | { | |
8633 | return ( m_selection->IsSelection() || | |
8634 | ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8635 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) ); | |
8636 | } | |
8637 | ||
8638 | bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) | |
8639 | { | |
8640 | return ( m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) || | |
8641 | ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() && | |
8642 | col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() && | |
8643 | row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() && | |
8644 | col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() ) ); | |
8645 | } | |
8646 | ||
8647 | void wxGrid::ClearSelection() | |
8648 | { | |
8649 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
8650 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
8651 | m_selection->ClearSelection(); | |
8652 | } | |
8653 | ||
8654 | ||
8655 | // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block | |
8656 | // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window. | |
8657 | // | |
8658 | wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords &topLeft, | |
8659 | const wxGridCellCoords &bottomRight ) | |
8660 | { | |
8661 | wxRect rect( wxGridNoCellRect ); | |
8662 | wxRect cellRect; | |
8663 | ||
8664 | cellRect = CellToRect( topLeft ); | |
8665 | if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
8666 | { | |
8667 | rect = cellRect; | |
8668 | } | |
8669 | else | |
8670 | { | |
8671 | rect = wxRect( 0, 0, 0, 0 ); | |
8672 | } | |
8673 | ||
8674 | cellRect = CellToRect( bottomRight ); | |
8675 | if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
8676 | { | |
8677 | rect += cellRect; | |
8678 | } | |
8679 | else | |
8680 | { | |
8681 | return wxGridNoCellRect; | |
8682 | } | |
8683 | ||
8684 | // convert to scrolled coords | |
8685 | // | |
8686 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
8687 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
8688 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.GetRight(), rect.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
8689 | ||
8690 | int cw, ch; | |
8691 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
8692 | ||
8693 | if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch) | |
8694 | return wxRect( 0, 0, 0, 0); | |
8695 | ||
8696 | rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) ); | |
8697 | rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) ); | |
8698 | rect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) ); | |
8699 | rect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) ); | |
8700 | ||
8701 | return rect; | |
8702 | } | |
8703 | ||
8704 | ||
8705 | ||
8706 | // | |
8707 | // ------ Grid event classes | |
8708 | // | |
8709 | ||
8710 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
8711 | ||
8712 | wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
8713 | int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel, | |
8714 | bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
8715 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) | |
8716 | { | |
8717 | m_row = row; | |
8718 | m_col = col; | |
8719 | m_x = x; | |
8720 | m_y = y; | |
8721 | m_selecting = sel; | |
8722 | m_control = control; | |
8723 | m_shift = shift; | |
8724 | m_alt = alt; | |
8725 | m_meta = meta; | |
8726 | ||
8727 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
8728 | } | |
8729 | ||
8730 | ||
8731 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
8732 | ||
8733 | wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
8734 | int rowOrCol, int x, int y, | |
8735 | bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
8736 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) | |
8737 | { | |
8738 | m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol; | |
8739 | m_x = x; | |
8740 | m_y = y; | |
8741 | m_control = control; | |
8742 | m_shift = shift; | |
8743 | m_alt = alt; | |
8744 | m_meta = meta; | |
8745 | ||
8746 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
8747 | } | |
8748 | ||
8749 | ||
8750 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
8751 | ||
8752 | wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
8753 | const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, | |
8754 | const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight, | |
8755 | bool sel, bool control, | |
8756 | bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
8757 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) | |
8758 | { | |
8759 | m_topLeft = topLeft; | |
8760 | m_bottomRight = bottomRight; | |
8761 | m_selecting = sel; | |
8762 | m_control = control; | |
8763 | m_shift = shift; | |
8764 | m_alt = alt; | |
8765 | m_meta = meta; | |
8766 | ||
8767 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
8768 | } | |
8769 | ||
8770 | ||
8771 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent) | |
8772 | ||
8773 | wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type, | |
8774 | wxObject* obj, int row, | |
8775 | int col, wxControl* ctrl) | |
8776 | : wxCommandEvent(type, id) | |
8777 | { | |
8778 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
8779 | m_row = row; | |
8780 | m_col = col; | |
8781 | m_ctrl = ctrl; | |
8782 | } | |
8783 | ||
8784 | ||
8785 | #endif // !wxUSE_NEW_GRID/wxUSE_NEW_GRID | |
8786 | ||
8787 | #endif // wxUSE_GRID | |
8788 |